The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About3097 MADISON ST; ; FPC2020-0098; PermitPERMIT REPORT ("pty of Carlsbad Print Date: 03/16/2022 Job Address: 3097 MADISON ST, CARLSBAD, CA 92008 Permit Type: FIRE-Construction Commercial Work Class: Fire Sprinklers Parcel #: 2033051001 Track #: Valuation: $0.00 Lot #: Occupancy Group: Project #: #of Dwelling Units: Plan #: Bedrooms: Construction Type: Bathrooms: Orig. Plan Check #: Plan Check #: Permit No: FPC2020-0098 Status: Closed - Finaled Applied: 06/09/2020 Issued: 12/15/2020 Finaled Close Out: 03/10/2022 Inspector: Final Inspection: Project Title: Description: SIX ON MADISON - NEW NFPA 13 SPRINKLER SYSTEM (NEW CONSTRUCTION, MIXED USE, 4 STORIES, 241 HEADS, 5 RISERS) Applicant: FPContractor: INNOVATIVE FIRE PROTECTION INNOVATIVE FIRE PROTECTION INC DERIK BROOKS 8779 COTTONWOOD AVE, # STE 101 8779 COTTONWOOD AVE SANTEE, CA 92071-4457 SANTEE, CA 92071-4457-SAN DIEGO (619) 593-8200 (619) 593-8200 FEE AMOUNT FIRE NFPA 13 System > 100 heads (includes 1 riser) $858.00 FIRE Plan Resub (3rd&Subsequent Submittal/hr) $204.00 FIRE Protection Sys Manual $948.00 Total Fees: $2,010.00 Total Payments To Date: $2,010.00 Balance Due: $0.00 Fire Department Page 1 of 1 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad CA 92008-7314 1 760-602-4665 760-602-8561 f I www.carlsbadca.gov : INNOVATIVE - FIRE PROTECTION, INC. 011 3095 MADISON STREET CARLSBAD, C.A.. 92008 All L192 L 1 8779 Cottonwood Ave., Ste. 101 • Santee, CA 92071 • TEL: 619.593.8200 • FAx: 619.593.9133 1 ifpinc.net • CA License #C.16.711148 No. 224 CARLSBAD FIRE DEPARTMENT Fire Prevention Division 1635 Faraday Avenue - Carlsbad, CA 92008 760.602.4665 WATER AVAILABILITY FORM SECTION A: TO BE COMPLETED BY CUSTOMER PROJECT NAME: SR#: (Assigned upon plan submittal) PROJECT ADDRESS: 3095 Madison St CITY: Carlsbad PHONE: ( ) davin@ifpinc.net FAX NUMBER: Largest Building (ft.2): ___ Sprinkled? Construction Type: SECTION B: TO BE COMPLETED BY LOCAL WATER COMPANY. CUSTOMER TO PROVIDE RESULTS TO CFD. Water Purveyor: City of Carlsbad Location of test (reference map required): Madison St at Oak Ave TEST INFORMATION IS VALID FOR 6 MONTHS FROM DATE PERFORMED Flow Test Results Static pressure: 82 PSI Hydrant Number (if applicable):H61142 Elevation of test: 52 Feet Main Size: 12 INCH Pressure Zone 241 Feet Date/Time of Test Pitot Tube Reading: PSI Corresponding Flow: GPM' Total Flow: 5,175 GPM Residual Pressure 52 PSI Atpeakdemand, this water system is capable of providing a fire flow discharge at 20 psi in excess of 8,000 gpm. However, this exceeds the City's maximum velocity criteria of 10 fps. Therefore, the maximum available fire flow at this location that meets both the maximum velocity and minimum pressure criteria is 5,175 gpm. Note: If the water availability information was obtained in a manner other than a flow test (i.e. computer modeling), fill out the information above as applicable and check here: x I Name: Jennifer R. Mael. P.E. Eng. Lic. No. (if applicable): C69606 Signature: I Tit le/Org: M a n a Date: 05/12/2020 I F, I U I I I I Ll I I I n I U I 1 7_ 7, 777 7 Legend \N\ & w_Hydrant Pipe N ZONE 241 + 0 #224 3095 Madison St -Fire Flow Analysis - - - L - - - - - - - - - - - I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS for Job Information Project Name: SIX ON MADISON Contract No. : C7796 City: CARLSBAD, CA 92008 Project Location: 3095 MADISON STREET Date: 6/1/2020 Contractor Information Name of Contractor: INNOVATIVE FIRE PROTECTION Address: 8779 COTTONWOOD AVE. City: SANTEE, CA 92071 Phone Number: (619) 593-8200 E-mail: DERIK@IFPINC.NET Name of Designer: DERIK BROOKS Authority Having Jurisdiction: CARLSBAD FIRE AUTHORITY Design Remote Area Name 1 Remote Area Location 4TH FLOOR RESIDENTIAL Occupancy Classification NFPA1 3 Density (gpm/ft2) 0.1 Area of Application (ft2) 376 Coverage per Sprinkler (ft2) 256 Number of Calculated Sprinklers 4 In-Rack Demand (gpm) 0 Special Heads Hose Streams (gpm) 100 Total Water Required (incl. Hose Streams) (gpm) 203.9 Required Pressure at Source (psi) 70.1 Type of System Wet Volume - Entire System (gal) 361.3 gal Water Supply Information Date 5/12/2020 Location MADISON ST. @ OAK AVE. Source 1 Notes File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON 2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING-1 NEW1_1_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 1 Job: SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Analysis for: I Calculation Info Calculation Mode Demand Hydraulic Model Hazen-Williams Fluid Name Water @ 60F (15.6C) Fluid Weight, (lb/ft3) N/A for Hazen-Williams calculation. Fluid Dynamic Viscosity, (lb•s/ft2) N/A for Hazen-Williams calculation. Water Supply Parameters Supply 1: 1 Supply Analysis Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) 0 73.8 5175 52 Node at Source Static Pressure Residual Pressure I Flow I Available I Pressure I I Total Demand I Required Pressure (psi) (psi) (gpm) I I i (psi) I (gpm) I (psi) I 1 73.8 52 5175 73.7 203.9 70.1 Hoses Inside Hose Flow/ Standpipe Demand (gpm) 100 Outside Hose Flow (gpm) 0 Additional Outside Hose Flow (gpm) Other (custom defined) Hose Flow (gpm) 0 Total Hose Flow (gpm) 100 Sprinklers Ovehead Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 103.9 InRack Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 0 Other (custom defined) Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 0 Total Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 103.9 Other Required Margin of Safety (psi) 0 BOR - Pressure (psi) 59.9 BOR -Flow (gpm) 103.9 Demand w/o System Pump(s) N/A File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON _2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING_i NEW1_1_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Job: SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Analysis for: I Supply in System Demand 0 AvailableAt Source File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING_1NEW1_1_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright ©2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 3 Job: SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Analysis for: I Graph Labels Label Description Values Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) Si Supply point #1 - Static 0 73.8 S2 Supply point #2 - Residual 5175 52 Di Elevation Pressure 0 19.9 D2 System Demand 203.9 70.1 Curve Intersections & Safety Margins Curve Name Intersection I Safety Margin Pressure (psi) i Flow (gpm) I Pressure (psi) I @ Flow (gpm) Supply 73.7 211.8 3.7 203.9 Open Heads Required Calculated Head Ref. Head Type Coverage K-Factor Density Flow Pressure Density Flow Pressure (ft2) (gpm/psi'/2) (gpm/ft2) (gpm) (psi) (cpm/ft2) (gpm) (psi) 101 Overhead Sprinkler 256 4.9 0.1 25.6 27.3 0.1 25.7 27.4 102 Overhead Sprinkler 256 4.9 0.1 25.6 27.3 0.1 25.6 27.3 103 Overhead Sprinkler 256 4.9 0.1 25.6 27.3 0.1 25.7 27.5 104 Overhead Sprinkler 256 4.9 0.1 25.6 27.3 0.105 26.9 30.2 File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON _2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING-1 NEW1_1_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 4 Job: SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Calculations I PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi1/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: I 102 41.83 4.9 25.6 1 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 0.5 150 27.3 216 42.33 25.6 1.101 5 0.107 -0.2 5.5 0.6 216 42.33 -8.6 1 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 13.26 150 27.7 217 42.33 17 1.101 5 0.0499 0 18.26 0.9 217 42.33 25.7 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 5.13 150 28.6 206 42.33 42.6 1.101 5 0.2752 0 10.131 2.8 206 42.33 10.7 1.25 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 11.54 150 31.4 205 42.33 53.3 1.394 1 0.1322 0 12.54 1.7 205 42.33 -21.5 1.25 7x(BM.Tee-Run)=7 91.94 150 33 060 42.33 31.9 1.394 3x(BM.90)=18 37 0.0509 0 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=12 128.94 6.6 060 42.33 0 2 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 1.78 150 39.6 058 42.33 31.9 2.003 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 11 0.0087 0 12.78 0.1 058 42.33 72 2 lx(coupling)=1.3 0.28 150 39.7 T4 42.33 103.9 2.003 1.3 0.0777 0 1.58 0.1 14 42.33 0 2.5 lx(coupling)=1.55 4.7 120 39.8 R4-0 37.92 103.9 2.703 lx(us.90)=9.33 10.88 0.0273 1.9 15.58 0.4 R4-0 37.92 0 2.5 0.67 0 42.2 GLOBE UMC R4-I 37.25 103.9 0 0 0.8787 0.3 *** 0.67 0.6 R4-1 37.25 0 2.5 2x(us.90)=18.65 1.67 120 43 B4 36.25 103.9 2.703 18.65 0.0273 0.4 20.32 0.6 B4 36.25 0 4 4x(us.90)=56 115.71 120 44 009 11.67 103.9 4.314 lx(us.Tee-Br)=28 84 0.0028 10.7 199.71 0.6 009 11.67 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.26 27.63 120 55.2 BOR 1 103.9 6.357 lx(us.90)=17.6 18.86 0.0004 4.6 46.49 0.0 BOR 1 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.73 5 140 59.9 UG4 -3 103.9 6.4 lx(us.90)=24.19 25.92 0.0003 1.7 30.92 0 UG4 -3 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.53 19 150 61.6 UG3 -3 103.9 6.08 2x(us.90)=42.79 44.32 0.0003 0 63.32 0.0 UG3 -3 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.73 6.5 140 61.6 BF-0 2 103.9 6.4 2x(us.90)=48.39 50.11 0.0003 -2.2 56.61 0.0 BF-0 2 0 6 1 0 59.5 450DA BF-1 2 103.9 0 0 7.9409 0 1 7.9 File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING_i NEWi_1_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Job: SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 [1ev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi1/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: I BF-I 2 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.73 8.5 140 67.4 UG2 -4 103.9 6.4 2x(us.90)=48.39 5011 0.0003 2.6 58.61 0.0 UG2 -4 0 6 lx(us.Tee-Br)=45.85 51 150 70 UG1 -4 103.9 6.08 45.85 0.0003 0 96.85 0.0 UG1 -4 100 10 13.5 150 70.1 1 -4 203.9 9.8 0 0.0001 0 _ 13.5 0 1 70.1 Path No: 2 101 41.83 4.9 25.7 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 0.5 150 27.4 215 42.33 25.7 1.101 5 0.1075 -0.2 5.5 0.6 215 42.33 8.6 1 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 16.36 150 27.8 211 42.33 34.3 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 12 0.1841 0 lx(BM.90)=5 28.36 5.2 211 42.33 16.2 1.25 6x(BM.Tee-Run)=6 38.1 150 33 169 42.33 50.5 1.394 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=6 12 0.1195 0 50.1 6 169 42.33 21.5 2 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 7.16 150 39 058 42.33 72 2.003 10 0.0394 0 17.161 0.7 058 39.7 Path No: 3 103 41.83 4.9 25.7 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 2.5 150 27.5 217 42.33 25.7 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 10 0.1076 -0.2 12.5 1.3 217 28.6 Path No: 4 104 41.83 4.9 26.9 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 2.5 150 30.2 207 42.33 26.9 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 6 0.1176 -0.2 8.5 1 207 42.33 -10.7 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 32.55 150 31 211 42.33 16.2 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 12 0.0459 0 ______ lx(BM.90)=5 1 44.55 2 211 33 Path No: 5 GPM1 -41 100 10 1 150 70.1 UG1 -4 100 9.8 D 0.0000 0 1 0 UG1 70.1 File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING-1 NEW1_1_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 6 I Job: SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Calculations I PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/p511/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 6 216 42.33 0 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 8.85 150 27.7 215 42.33 8.6 1.101 1 0.0143 0 9.85 0.1 215 27.8 Path No: 7 205 42.33 0 1.25 6x(BM.Tee-Br)=36 164.17 150 33 169 42.33 21.5 1.394 14x(BM.Tee-Run)=14 80 0.0245 0 5x(BM.90)=30 244.17 6 169 39 Path No: 8 207 42.33 0 1 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 7.86 150 31 206 42.33 10.7 1.101 10 0.0214 0 17.86 0.4 206 31.4 * Pressures are balanced to a high degree of accuracy. Values may vary by 0.1 psi due to display rounding. * Maximum Velocity of 14.36 ft/s occurs in the following pipe(s): (206-217) Device pressure loss (gain in the case of pumps) is calculated from the device's curve. If the device curve is printed with this report, it will appear below. The length of the device as shown in the table above comes from the CAD drawing. The friction loss per unit of length is calculated based upon the length and the curve-based loss/gain value. Internal ID and C Factor values are irrelevant as the device is not represented as an addition to any pipe, but is an individual item whose loss/gain is based solely on the curve data. I I I I Li I File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING_1NEW1_1_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright ©2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 7 I I I I I Li I I I I I Job: SIX ON MADISON I Device Graphs I I I I I I I 0 0 0 0 0 o 0 e v 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 N In In Flow, gpm Pressure Loss Function I Design Area: 1; BFP Ref.: 755 (450DA, Size = 6); Inlet Node: BF-I; Outlet Node: BF-0 Pressure vs. Flow Function Design Area: 1; Supply Ref.: 1; Supply Name:1 2 ii 10 9 8 I 7.9 psi @103.9 gpm 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (N 0 0 0 0 Flow, gpm File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING_1NEW1_1_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products I Page 8 I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I Job: SIX ON MADISON Device Graphs Pressure Loss Function Design Area: 1; Valve Ref.: 756 (GLOBE UMC, Size = 2.5); Inlet Node: 114-I; Outlet Node: R4-0 a a o o 0 0 - Flow, gpm File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING_i NEWi_i_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright ©2002-2012Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 9 6. 5. 4. 0. w I- U, 3. (0 0, I- 0. 2. 0. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS for Job Information Project Name: SIX ON MADISON Contract No. : C7796 City: CARLSBAD, CA 92008 Project Location: 3095 MADISON STREET Date: 6/1/2020 Contractor Information Name of Contractor: INNOVATIVE FIRE PROTECTION Address: 8779 COTTONWOOD AVE. City: SANTEE, CA 92071 Phone Number: (619) 593-8200 E-mail: DERIK@IFPINC.NET Name of Designer: DERIK BROOKS Authority Having Jurisdiction: CARLSBAD FIRE AUTHORITY Design Remote Area Name 2 Remote Area Location 4TH FLOOR RESIDENTIAL Occupancy Classification NFPA13 Density (gpm/ft2) 0.1 Area of Application (if2) 458 Coverage per Sprinkler (if2) 256 Number of Calculated Sprinklers 4 In-Rack Demand (gpm) 0 Special Heads Hose Streams (gpm) 100 Total Water Required (incl. Hose Streams) (gpm) 203.2 Required Pressure at Source (psi) 71.7 Type of System Wet Volume - Entire System (gal) 361.4 gal Water Supply Information Date 5/12/2020 Location MADISON ST. @ OAK AVE. Source Notes File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING-1 NEW1_1_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 1 Job: SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Analysis for: 2 Calculation Info Calculation Mode Demand Hydraulic Model Hazen-Williams Fluid Name Water @ 60F (15.6C) Fluid Weight, (lb/ft3) N/A for Hazen-Williams calculation. Fluid Dynamic Viscosity, (Ibs/ft2) N/A for Hazen-Williams calculation. Water Supply Parameters Supply 1: 1 Supply Analysis Static Pressure Residual I I I Flow I Available I I I Total Demand I Required Pressure Node at Source (psi) I Pressure I I I (gpm) I I Pressure I (gpm) I (psi) (psi) i (psi) I 1 73.8 52 5175 73.7 203.2 71.7 Hoses Inside Hose Flow / Standpipe Demand (gpm) 100 Outside Hose Flow (gpm) 0 Additional Outside Hose Flow (gpm) Other (custom defined) Hose Flow (gpm) 0 Total Hose Flow (gpm) 100 Sprinklers Ovehead Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 103.2 InRack Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 0 Other (custom defined) Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 0 Total Sprinkler Flow (gpm) - - 103.2 Other Required Margin of Safety (psi) 0 BOR - Pressure (psi) 61.5 BOR -Flow (gpm) 103.2 Demand w/o System Pump(s) N/A File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON 2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING-1 NEW1_1_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 2 Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) 0 73.8 5175 52 - - - - = M - - - U. = - - - - - - - Job: SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Analysis for: 2 Supply III System Demand 0 AvailableAt Source File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING_1NEW1_1_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 3 Job: SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Analysis for: 2 Graph Labels Label Description Values Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) Si Supply point #1 - Static 0 73.8 S2 Supply point #2 - Residual 5175 52 Di Elevation Pressure 0 19.9 D2 ISystern Demand 203.2 71.7 Curve Intersections & Safety Margins Curve Name Intersection I Safety Margin Pressure (psi) I I Flow (gpm) I Pressure (psi) I @ Flow (gpm) Supply 73.7 207.5 2.1 1 203.2 Open Heads Required Calculated Head Ref. Head Type Coverage K-Factor Density Flow Pressure Density Flow Pressure (1t2) (gpm/psi'/2) (gpm/ft2) (gpm) (psi) (gpm/ft2) (gpm) (psi) 201 Overhead Sprinkler 256 4.9 0.1 25.6 27.3 0.1 25.6 27.3 202 Overhead 256 4.9 0.1 25.6 27.3 0.101 25.8 27.6 Sprinkler 203 Overhead Sprinkler 256 4.9 0.1 25.6 27.3 0.101 25.8 27.7 204 Overhead 256 4.9 0.1 25.6 27.3 0.102 26 28.2 Sprinkler File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUlLOlNG_iNEWi_i_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 4 Job: SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/ps11/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: I 201 41.83 4.9 25.6 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 4.44 150 27.3 192 42.33 25.6 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 6 0.107 -0.2 10.44 1.1 192 42.33 12.9 1.25 4x(BM.Tee-Br)=24 114.28 150 28.2 169 42.33 38.5 1.394 10x(BM.Tee-Run)=10 58 0.0724 0 4x(BM.90)=24 172.28 12.5 169 42.33 32.2 2 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 7.16 150 40.7 058 42.33 70.8 2.003 10 0.0382 0 17.16 0.7 058 42.33 32.4 2 lx(coupling)=1.3 0.28 150 41.3 T4 42.33 103.2 2.003 1.3 0.0767 0 1.58 0.1 T4 42.33 0 2.5 lx(coupling)=1.55 4.7 120 41.4 R4-0 37.92 103.2 2.703 lx(us.90)=9.33 10.88 0.0269 1.9 15.58 0.4 R4-0 37.92 0 2.5 0.67 0 43.8 GLOBE UMC R4-I 37.25 103.2 0 0 0.8688 0.3 0.67 0.6 R4-I 37.25 0 2.5 2x(us.90)=18.65 1.67 120 44.6 B4 36.25 103.2 2.703 18.65 0.0269 0.4 20.32 0.5 B4 36.25 0 4 4x(us.90)=56 115.71 120 45.6 009 11.67 103.2 4.314 lx(us.Tee-Br)=28 84 0.0028 10.7 199.71 0.6 009 11.67 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.26 27.63 120 56.8 BOR 1 103.2 6.357 lx(us.90)=17.6 18.86 0.0004 4.6 46.49 0.0 BOR 1 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.73 5 140 61.5 UG4 -3 103.2 6.4 lx(us.90)=24.19 25.92 0.0003 1.7 30.92 0 UG4 -3 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.53 19 150 63.2 UG3 -3 103.2 6.08 2x(us.90)=42.79 44.32 0.0003 0 63.32 0.0 UG3 -3 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.73 6.5 140 63.2 BF-0 2 103.2 6.4 2x(us.90)=48.39 50.11 0.0003 -2.2 56.61 0.0 BF-0 2 0 6 1 0 61.1 4500A BF-I 2 103.2 0 0 7.9529 0 11 8 BF-I 2 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.73 8.5 140 69 UG2 -4 103.2 6.4 2x(us.90)=48.39 50.11 0.0003 2.6 58.61 0.0 UG2 -4 0 6 lx(us.Tee-Br)=45.85 51 150 71.7 UG1 -4 103.2 6.08 45.85 0.0003 0 96.85 0.0 UG1 -4 100 10 13.5 150 71.7 1 -4 203.2 9.8 0 0.0001 0 13.5 0 1 71.7 File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING_i NEW1_i_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 5 I I I I I I I 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I Job SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi1/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 2 202 41.83 4.9 25.8 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 0.5 150 27.6 194 42.33 25.8 1.101 5 0.1083 -0.2 5.5 0.6 194 42.33 -12.8 1.25 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=6 12.41 150 28 192 42.33 12.9 1.394 6 0.0096 0 ______ 18.411 1 0.2 192 28.2 Path No: 3 203 41.83 4.9 25.8 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 0.5 150 27.7 195 42.33 25.8 1.101 5 0.1086 -0.2 5.5 0.6 195 42.33 12.8 1.25 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=6 11.68 150 28.1 196 42.33 38.6 1.394 6 0.0726 0 17.68 1.3 196 42.33 26 1.25 3x(BM.Tee-Run)=3 17.8 150 29.4 205 42.33 64.6 1.394 lx(BM.90)=6 9 0.1885 0 26.8 5.1 205 42.33 -32.2 1.25 7x(BM.Tee-Run)=7 91.94 150 34.4 060 42.33 32.4 1.394 3x(BM.90)=18 37 0.0525 0 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=12 128.94 6.8 060 42.33 0 2 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 1.78 150 41.2 058 42.33 32.4 2.003 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 11 0.009 0 12.78 0.1 058 41.3 Path No: 4 204 41.83 4.9 26 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 3 150 28.2 196 42.33 26 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 10 0.1102 -0.2 13 1.4 196 29.4 Path No: 5 GPM1 -4 100 10 1 150 71.7 UG1 -4 100 9.8 0 0.0000 0 1 0 UG1 71.7 Path No: 6 194 42.33 0 1.25 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 8 150 28 195 42.33 12.8 1.394 1 0.0094 0 9 195 28.1 File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING_i NEW1_l_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 6 Job: SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/p5il/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 7 205 42.33 0 1.25 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=6 11.54 150 34.4 206 42.33 32.2 1.394 6 0.0519 0 17.54 0.9 206 42.33 -15.7 1 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 7.86 150 35.3 207 42.33 16.5 1.101 5 0.0474 0 12.861 0.6 207 42.33 0 1 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 32.55 150 36 211 42.33 16.5 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 12 0.0474 0 lx(BM.90)=5 44.55 2.1 211 42.33 15.7 1.25 6x(BM.Tee-Run)=6 38.1 150 38.1 169 42.33 32.2 1.394 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=6 12 0.0519 0 ______ 50.1 2.6 169 40.7 Path No: 8 206 42.33 0 1 4x(BM.Te-Run)=4 43.61 150 35.3 211 42.33 15.7 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 19 0.0434 0 lx(BM.90)=5 62.61 2.7 211 38.1 * Pressures are balanced to a high degree of accuracy. Values may vary by 0.1 psi due to display rounding. * Maximum Velocity of 13.58 ft/s occurs in the following pipe(s): (205-196) '' Device pressure loss (gain in the case of pumps) is calculated from the device's curve. If the device curve is printed with this report, it will appear below. The length of the device as shown in the table above comes from the CAD drawing. The friction loss per unit of length is calculated based upon the length and the curve-based loss/gain value. Internal ID and C Factor values are irrelevant as the device is not represented as an addition to any pipe, but is an individual item whose loss/gain is based solely on the curve data. File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING-1 NEWi_i_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 7 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Job: SIX ON MADISON Pressure vs. Flow Function Design Area: 2; Supply Ref.: 1; Supply Nanie:1 I Device Graphs I o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 'fl 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 N In 11 Flow, gpm Pressure Loss Function Design Area: 2; BFP Ref.: 755 (450DA, Size = 6); Inlet Node: BF-l; Outlet Node: BF-0 3 75 75- 75 75 75 75-- 75- 8 103.2 gpm 0 (N ' '0 Flow, gpm File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING_1NEW1_1_.dwg I Date 6/1/2020 Copyright©2002-2Ol2Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 8 I 6 5 0. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Job SIX ON MADISON Device Graphs Pressure Loss Function Design Area: 2; Valve Ref.: 756 (GLOBE UMC, Size = 2.5); Inlet Node: R4-I; Outlet Node: R4-0 0 0 0 0 0 o o 0 0 - N N Flow, gpm File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING_i NEWi_1_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 9 HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS for Job Information Project Name: SIX ON MADISON Contract No. : C7796 City: CARLSBAD, CA 92008 Project Location: 3095 MADISON STREET Date: 6/1/2020 Contractor Information Name of Contractor: INNOVATIVE FIRE PROTECTION Address: 8779 COTTONWOOD AVE. City: SANTEE, CA 92071 Phone Number: (619) 593-8200 E-mail: DERIK@IFPINC.NET Name of Designer: DERIK BROOKS Authority Having Jurisdiction: CARLSBAD FIRE AUTHORITY Design Remote Area Name 3 Remote Area Location 3RD FLOOR WATER CURTAIN Occupancy Classification NFPA1 3 Density (gpm/ft2) 0.417 Area of Application (ft2) 370 Coverage per Sprinkler (ft) 36 Number of Calculated Sprinklers 12 In-Rack Demand (gpm) 0 Special Heads Hose Streams (gpm) 250 Total Water Required (incl. Hose Streams) (gpm) 453 Required Pressure at Source (psi) 52.1 Type of System Wet Volume - Entire System (gal) 351.4 gal I Water Supply Information Date 5/12/2020 U Location MADISON ST. @ OAK AVE. Source 1 Notes I J File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUlLDING_1NEW11.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright ©2002-2O12Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 1 I j I I I I I I I I I I I I Job: SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Analysis for: 3 Calculation Info Calculation Mode Demand Hydraulic Model Hazen-Williams Fluid Name Water © 60F (15.5C) Fluid Weight, (lb/ft3) N/A for Hazen-Williams calculation. Fluid Dynamic Viscosity, (lbs/ft2) N/A for Hazen-Williams calculation. Water Supply Parameters Supply 1: 1 Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) Supply Analysis Static Pressure I Residual I Flow I I Available I I I Total Demand I Required Pressure Node atSource (psi) I Pressure I (gpm) I I Pressure I I (gpm) I I (psi) (psi) I (psi) I 1 73.8 52 5175 73.6 453 52.1 Hoses Inside Hose Flow / Standpipe Demand (gpm) 250 Outside Hose Flow (gpm) 0 Additional Outside Hose Flow (gpm) Other (custom defined) Hose Flow (gpm) 0 Total Hose Flow (gpm) 250 Sprinklers Ovehead Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 203 InRack Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 0 Other (custom defined) Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 0 Total Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 203 Other Required Margin of Safety (psi) 0 BOR - Pressure (psi) 45.7 BOR - Flow (gpm) 203 Demand w/o System Pump(s) N/A File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop'C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING-1 NEW1_1_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 2 0 73.8 5175 52 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Job: SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Analysis for: 3 Supply iff System Demand 0 AvailableAt Source File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING_1NEW1_1_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 3 Job: SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Analysis for: 3 Graph Labels Label Description Values Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) 51 Supply point #1 - Static 0 73.8 S2 Supply point #2 - Residual 5175 52 Dl Elevation Pressure 0 15.5 D2 System Demand 453 52.1 Curve Intersections & Safety Margins Curve Name Intersection I Safety Margin I Pressure (psi) I Flow (gpm) I Pressure (psi) I © Flow (gpm) Supply 73.4 580.8 21.5 453 Open Heads Required ___________ Calculated Head Ref. Head Type Coverage K-Factor Density Flow Pressure Density Flow Pressure (it2) (gpm/psi1/2) (gpm/1t2) (gpm) (psi) (jpm/1t2) (gpm) (psi) 301 Overhead Sprinkler 36 5.6 0.15 5.4 7.2 0.65 23.4 17.4 302 Overhead Sprinkler 36 5.6 0.15 5.4 7.2 0.58 20.9 13.9 303 Overhead 36 5.6 0.15 5.4 7.2 0.515 18.5 11 Sprinkler 304 Overhead 36 5.6 0.15 5.4 7.2 0.475 17.1 9.3 Sprinkler 305 Overhead Sprinkler 36 5.6 0.15 5.4 7.2 0.454 16.3 8.5 306 Overhead 36 5.6 0.15 5.4 7.2 0.432 15.6 7.7 Sprinkler 307 Overhead Sprinkler 36 5.6 0.15 5.4 7.2 0.421 15.1 7.3 308 Overhead Sprinkler 36 5.6 0.15 5.4 7.2 0.417 15 7.2 309 Overhead Sprinkler 36 5.6 0.15 5.4 7.2 0.417 15 7.2 310 Overhead Sprinkler 36 5.6 0.15 5.4 7.2 0.418 15 7.2 311 Overhead Sprinkler 36 5.6 0.15 5.4 7.2 0.424 15.3 7.4 312 Overhead Sprinkler 36 5.6 0.15 5.4 7.2 0.439 15.8 8 File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUlLDlNG_1NEW1_1_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 4 Job: SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psil/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: I 309 31.83 5.6 15 1 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 1.51 150 7.2 332 32.33 15 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 10 0.0398 -0.2 11.51 0.5 332 32.33 -4.7 1.25 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 6 150 7.4 331 32.33 10.3 1.394 1 0.0062 0 71 0.0 331 32.33 15 1.25 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 6 150 7.5 330 32.33 25.3 1.394 1 0.0332 0 7 0.2 330 32.33 15.3 1.25 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 6 150 7.7 329 32.33 40.6 1.394 1 0.0796 0 7 0.6 329 32.33 15.8 1.25 3x(BM.Tee-Run)=3 15.32 150 8.2 325 32.33 56.4 1.394 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=6 9 0.1463 0 24.32 3.6 325 32.33 -25.8 1.25 7x(BM.Tee-Br)=42 152.94 150 11.8 275 32.33 30.6 1.394 16x(BM.Tee-Run)=16 70 0.0471 0 2x(BM.90)=12 222.94 10.5 275 32.33 0 1.25 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=6 10.06 150 22.3 274 32.33 30.6 1.394 6 0.0471 0 16.06 0.8 274 32.33 25.8 2 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 8 150 23.1 388 32.33 56.4 2.003 10 0.025 0 18 0.5 388 32.33 146.7 2 lx(coupling)=1.3 0.28 150 23.5 T3 32.33 203 2.003 1.3 0.2688 0 1.58 0.4 T3 32.33 0 2.5 lx(coupling)=1.55 3.53 120 23.9 R3-0 29.08 203 2.703 lx(us.90)=9.33 10.88 0.0944 1.4 14.41 1.4 R3-0 29.08 0 2.5 0.67 0 26.7 GLOBE UMC R3-I 28.42 203 0 0 3.0851 0.3 0.67 2.1 R3-I 28.42 0 2.5 lx(us.Tee-Br)=18.65 1.67 120 29.1 B3 27.42 203 2.703 lx(us.90)=9.33 27.98 0.0944 0.4 29.64 2.8 B3 27.42 0 4 4x(us.90)=56 106.87 120 32.3 009 11.67 203 4.314 lx(us.Tee-Br)=28 84 0.0097 6.8 190.88 1.8 009 11.67 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.26 27.63 120 41 BOR 1 203 6.357 lx(us.90)=17.6 18.86 0.0015 4.6 46.49 0.1 BOR 1 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.73 5 140 45.7 UG4 -3 203 6.4 lx(us.90)=24.19 25.92 0.0011 1.7 30.92 0.0 UG4 -3 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.53 19 150 47.4 UG3 -3 203 6.08 2x(us.90)=42.79 44.32 0.0012 0 63.32 0.1 File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING 1 NEW1)_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 Job: SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/pst'/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: I UG3 -3 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.73 6.5 140 47.5 BF-0 2 203 6.4 2x(us.90)=48.39 50.11 0.0011 -2.2 56.61 0.1 BF-0 2 0 6 1 0 45.4 450DA BF-I 2 203 0 0 3.9138 0 1 3.9 BF-I 2 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.73 8.5 140 49.3 UG2 -4 203 6.4 2x(us.90)=48.39 50.11 0.0011 2.6 58.61 0.1 UG2 -4 0 6 lx(us.Tee-Br)=45.85 51 150 52 UG1 -4 203 6.08 45.85 0.0012 0 96.85 0.1 UG1 -4 250 10 13.5 150 52.1 1 -4 453 9.8 0 0.0005 0 13.5 0 1 52.1 Path No: 2 308 31.83 5.6 15 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 1.51 150 7.2 333 32.33 15 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 10 0.0398 -0.2 11.51 0.5 333 32.33 4.7 1.25 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 6 150 7.4 334 32.33 19.7 1.394 1 0.021 0 7 0.1 334 32.33 15.1 1.25 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 6 150 7.6 335 32.33 34.9 1.394 1 0.0602 0 7 0.4 335 32.33 15.6 1.25 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 6 150 8 336 32.33 50.4 1.394 1 0.1191 0 7 0.8 336 32.33 16.3 1.25 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 3.48 150 8.8 337 32.33 66.8 1.394 1 0.2003 0 4.48 0.9 337 32.33 17.1 1.25 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 4.55 150 9.7 338 32.33 83.9 1.394 1 0.3054 0 5.551 1.7 338 32.33 18.5 1.25 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 6 150 11.4 339 32.33 102.4 1.394 1 0.4421 0 7 3.1 339 32.33 20.9 1.25 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 5.04 150 14.5 340 32.33 123.3 1.394 1 0.6232 0 6.04 3.8 340 32.33 23.4 2 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 13.63 150 18.3 388 32.33 146.7 2.003 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 22 0.1472 0 lx(BM.90)=10 1 35.631 1 5.2 388 23.5 File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING_i NEW1_1_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 6 I Job: SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi'/2) (gpm) (in) (It) (It) (psi) (psi) Path No: 3 310 31.83 5.6 15 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 1.51 150 7.2 331 32.33 15 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 10 0.04 -0.2 11.51 0.5 331 7.5 Path No: 4 307 31.83 5.6 15.1 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 1.51 150 7.3 334 32.33 15.1 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 10 0.0405 -0.2 11.51 0.5 334 7.6 Path No: 5 311 31.83 5.6 15.3 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 1.51 150 7.4 330 32.33 15.3 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 10 0.0411 -0.2 11.51 0.5 330 7.7 Path No: 6 306 31.83 5.6 15.6 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 1.51 150 7.7 335 32.33 15.6 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 10 0.0425 -0.2 11.51 0.5 335 8 Path No: 7 312 31.83 5.6 15.8 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 1.51 150 8 329 32.33 15.8 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 10 0.0438 -0.2 11.51 0.5 329 8.2 Path No: 8 305 31.83 5.6 16.3 1 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 1.51 150 8.5 336 32.33 16.3 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 10 0.0466 -0.2 11.51 0.5 336 8.8 Path No: 9 304 31.83 5.6 17.1 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 2.47 150 9.3 337 32.33 17.1 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 10 0.0506 -0.2 12.47 0.6 337 9.7 Path No: 10 303 31.83 5.6 18.5 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 1.51 150 11 338 32.33 18.5 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 10 0.0589 -0.2 11.51 0.7 338 11.4 File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON _2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING_i NEW1_i_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 7 Job SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi'/2) Wpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 11 302 31.83 5.6 20.9 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 1.51 150 13.9 339 32.33 20.9 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 10 0.0733 -0.2 11.51 0.8 339 14.5 Path No: 12 301 31.83 5.6 23.4 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 1.51 150 17.4 340 32.33 23.4 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 10 0.0906 -0.2 11.51 1 340 18.3 Path No: 13 GPM1 -4 250 10 1 150 52.1 UG1 -4 250 9.8 0 0.0002 0 1 0 UG1 52.1 Path No: 14 332 32.33 0 1.25 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 6 150 7.4 333 32.33 4.7 1.394 1 0.0015 0 7 0.0 333 7.4 Path No: 15 325 32.33 0 1 16x(BM.Tee-Run)=16 77.83 150 11.8 274 32.33 25.8 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 26 0.1085 0 103.83 11.3 274 23.1 * Pressures are balanced to a high degree of accuracy. Values may vary by 0.1 psi due to display rounding. * Maximum Velocity of 25.91 ft/s occurs in the following pipe(s): (340-339) Device pressure loss (gain in the case of pumps) is calculated from the device's curve. If the device curve is printed with this report, it will appear below. The length of the device as shown in the table above comes from the CAD drawing. The friction loss per unit of length is calculated based upon the length and the curve-based loss/gain value. Internal ID and C Factor values are irrelevant as the device is not represented as an addition to any pipe, but is an individual item whose loss/gain is based solely on the curve data. File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING_i NEW1_i_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 8 2. 11 9 s I 0 I- I U) 0 1..5 0. I 2 I I Job: SIX ON MADISON I Pressure vs. Flow Function Design Area: 3; Supply Ref.: 1; Supply Name:1 Device Graphs I I I cn to I I.. 0. I I 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 I to 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 N N fl 0 0 0 0 - Flow, gpm I Pressure Loss Function Design Area: 3; BFP Ref.: 755 (450DA, Size = 6); Inlet Node: BF-l; Outlet Node: BF-0 1 0 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Flow, gpm I File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING_1NEW1_1_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright ©2002-2O12Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 9 1 Job: SIX ON MADISON Device Graphs Pressure Loss Function Design Area: 3; Valve Ref.: 757 (GLOBE UMC, Size = 2.5); Inlet Node: R3-I; Outlet Node: R3-0 I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I 1 I I Page 10 I 0 0 0 Flow, gpm File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING-1 NEW1_1_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS for Job Information Project Name: SIX ON MADISON Contract No. : C7796 City: CARLSBAD, CA 92008 Project Location: 3095 MADISON STREET Date: 6/1/2020 Contractor Information Name of Contractor: INNOVATIVE FIRE PROTECTION Address: 8779 COTTONWOOD AVE. City: SANTEE, CA 92071 Phone Number: (619) 593-8200 E-mail: DERIK@IFPINC.NET Name of Designer: DERIK BROOKS Authority Having Jurisdiction: CARLSBAD FIRE AUTHORITY Design Remote Area Name 4 Remote Area Location PARKING GARAGE Occupancy Classification NFPA1 3 Density (gpm/ft2) 0.151 Area of Application (ft2) 1542 Coverage per Sprinkler (ft) 324 Number of Calculated Sprinklers 8 In-Rack Demand (gpm) 0 Special Heads Hose Streams (gpm) 250 Total Water Required (incl. Hose Streams) (gpm) 727.4 Required Pressure at Source (psi) 69.7 Type of System Wet Volume - Entire System (gal) 293 gal Water Supply Information Date 5/12/2020 Location MADISON ST. @ OAK AVE. Source 1 Notes File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING-1 NEW1_1_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 1 I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I Job: SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Analysis for: 4 Calculation Info Calculation Mode Hydraulic Model Fluid Name Fluid Weight, (lb/ft3) Fluid Dynamic Viscosity, (lbs/ft2) Water Supply Parameters Supply 1: 1 Supply Analysis Demand Hazen-Williams Water © 60F (15.6C) N/A for Hazen-Williams calculation. N/A for Hazen-Williams calculation. Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) 0 73.8 5175 52 Static Pressure I Residual I I Flow Available I I Total Demand I I Required Pressure Node at Source (psi) I Pressure I I I (gpm) I Pressure I I I (gpm) I I (psi) (psi) i (psi) 1 73.8 52 5175 73.2 727.4 69.7 Hoses Inside Hose Flow/ Standpipe Demand (gpm) 250 Outside Hose Flow (gpm) 0 Additional Outside Hose Flow (gpm) Other (custom defined) Hose Flow (gpm) Total Hose Flow (gpm) 250 Sprinklers Ovehead Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 477.4 InRack Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 0 Other (custom defined) Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 0 Total Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 477.4 Other Required Margin of Safety (psi) 0 BOR - Pressure (psi) 60.9 BOR -Flow (gpm) 477.4 Demand w/o System Pump(s) N/A File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING-1 NEWi_i_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 2 - - - - M - - M - - - - - - - - - - - Job: SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Analysis for: 4 U Supply IS System Demand 0 Available At Source File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING_1NEW1_1_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 3 Job: SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Analysis for: 4 Graph Labels Label Description Values Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) Si Supply point #1 - Static 0 73.8 S2 Supply point #2 - Residual 5175 52 Dl Elevation Pressure 0 7 D2 System Demand 727.4 69.7 Curve Intersections & Safety Margins Curve Name Intersection I Safety Margin I I Pressure (psi) I Flow (gpm) I Pressure (psi) F@ Flow (gpm) I Supply 73.2 748.8 3.5 727.4 Open Heads Required Calculated Head Ref. Head Type Coverage K-Factor Density Flow Pressure Density Flow Pressure (ft2) (gpm/psil/2) (gpm/ft2) (gpm) (psi) (gpm/ft2) (gpm) (psi) 401 Overhead Sprinkler 324 11.2 0.15 48.6 19.1 0.189 61.2 29.9 402 Overhead Sprinkler 324 11.2 0.15 48.6 19.1 0.193 62.4 31.1 403 Overhead Sprinkler 324 11.2 0.15 48.6 19.1 0.199 64.5 33.2 404 Overhead Sprinkler 324 11.2 0.15 48.6 19.1 0.19 61.6 30.3 405 Overhead Sprinkler 324 11.2 0.15 48.6 19.1 3.194 62.8 31.5 406 Overhead Sprinkler 324 11.2 0.15 48.6 19.1 3.151 48.9 19.1 407 Overhead Sprinkler 324 11.2 0.15 48.6 19.1 0.174 56.5 25.4 408 Overhead Sprinkler 324 11.2 0.15 48.6 19.1 0.183 59.3 28 File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING-1 NEWI_1_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 4 I Job: SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pt per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi'/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: I 406 12.08 11.2 48.9 1 ix(us.90)=2 6.6 120 19.1 495 12.08 48.9 1.049 2 0.6803 0 8.6 5.9 495 12.08 0 1.5 8.13 120 25 407 12.08 11.2 48.9 1.732 0 0.0592 0 8.13 0.5 407 12.08 11.2 56.5 1.5 10.64 120 25.4 408 12.08 11.2 105.4 1.732 0 0.2451 0 10.64 2.6 408 12.08 11.2 59.3 1.5 ix(us.Tee-Br)=11.42 4.93 120 28 458 12.08 164.7 1.732 11.42 0.5601 0 16.34 9.2 458 12.08 312.7 3 lx(us.90)=10.19 58 120 37.2 449 12.08 477.4 3.314 10.19 0.1705 0 68.19 11.6 449 12.08 0 4 lx(coupling)=1.4 26.8 120 48.8 R1-O 4.8 477.4 4.314 ix(us.90)=14 15.4 0.0472 3.2 42.21 2 R1-O 4.8 0 4 0.8 0 54 GLOBE UMC Ri-I 4 477.4 0 0 1.4997 0.3 ' 0.8 1.2 Ri-I 4 0 4 lx(us.Tee-Br)=28 10.83 120 55.5 241 11.67 477.4 4.314 3x(us.90)=42 70 0.0472 -3.3 80.83 3.8 241 11.67 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.26 12.46 120 56 BOR 1 477.4 6.357 lx(us.90)=17.6 18.86 0.0071 4.6 31.32 0.2 BOR 1 0 6 ix(coupling)=1.73 5 140 60.9 UG4 -3 477.4 6.4 ix(us.90)=24.19 25.92 0.0052 1.7 30.92 0.2 UG4 -3 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.53 19 150 62.8 UG3 -3 477.4 6.08 2x(us.90)=42.79 44.32 0.0059 0 63.32 0.4 UG3 -3 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.73 6.5 140 63.1 BF-0 2 477.4 6.4 2x(us.90)=48.39 50.11 0.0052 -2.2 56.61 0.3 BF-0 2 0 6 1 0 61.2 450DA BF-I 2 477.4 0 0 4.9846 0 " 1 5 BF-I 2 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.73 8.5 140 66.2 UG2 -4 477.4 6.4 2x(us.90)=48.39 50.11 0.0052 2.6 58.61 0.3 UG2 -4 0 6 lx(us.Tee-Br)=45.85 51 150 69.1 UG1 -4 477.4 6.08 45.85 0.0059 0 96.85 0.6 UG1 -4 250 10 13.5 150 69.7 1 -4 727.4 9.8 0 0.0013 0 13.5 0.0 1 69.7 File; C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON 2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING_i NEW1_i_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 5 Job: SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES I frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/ps11/2) (gpm) (in) (It) (It) (psi) (psi) Path No: 2 401 12.08 11.2 61.2 1.5 13.11 120 29.9 402 12.08 11.2 61.2 1.732 0 0.0896 0 13.11 1.2 402 12.08 11.2 62.4 1.5 1x(us.Tee-Br)=11.42 2.46 120 31.1 464 12.08 123.6 1.732 11.42 0.3291 0 13.87 4.6 464 12.08 64.5 3 16 120 35.6 462 12.08 188.2 3.314 0 0.0304 0 16 0.5 462 12.08 124.5 3 14 120 36.1 458 12.08 312.7 3.314 0 0.0778 0 1 14 1.1 458 37.2 Path No: 3 404 12.08 11.2 61.6 1.5 13.11 120 30.3 405 12.08 11.2 61.6 1.732 0 0.0907 0 13.11 1.2 405 12.08 11.2 62.8 1.5 1x(us.Tee-Br)=11.42 2.46 120 31.5 462 12.08 124.5 1.732 11.42 0.3334 0 13.87 4.6 462 36.1 Path No: 4 403 12.08 11.2 64.5 1.5 1x(us.Tee-Br)=11.42 13.02 120 33.2 464 12.08 64.5 1.732 11.42 0.0988 0 24.44 2.4 464 35.6 Path No: 5 GPM1 -4 250 10 1 150 69.7 UG1 -4 250 9.8 0 0.0002 0 1 0 UG1 69.7 * Pressures are balanced to a high degree of accuracy. Values may vary by 0.1 psi due to display rounding. * Maximum Velocity of 22.43 ft/s occurs in the following pipe(s): (458-408) Device pressure loss (gain in the case of pumps) is calculated from the device's curve. If the device curve is printed with this report, it will appear below. The length of the device as shown in the table above comes from the CAD drawing. The friction loss per unit of length is calculated based upon the length and the curve-based loss/gain val-je. Internal ID and C Factor values are irrelevant as the device is not represented as an addition to any pipe, but is an individual item whose loss/gain is based solely on the curve data. File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING_i NEW1_i_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 6 Job: SIX ON MADISON I Pressure vs. Flow Function Design Area: 4; Supply Ref.: 1; Supply Name:1 Device Graphs I I '0. a, I- U, I a, I- 0 I I 80 55L 501....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ......... ...... 45.. .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 30. . ' 25.1................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 20 35.i ..,..,. ,,,,,..,......... 40. ........... ,,,,,. ...,,...., . ..,,..,..,.............. . 5 10 ,.. ..................,.,., I a o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Vi I 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 N N ti 0 Vi 0 '0 0 Vi 0 - Flow, gpm I Pressure Loss Function Design Area: 4; BFP Ref.: 755 (450DA, Size = 6); Inlet Node: BF-l; Outlet Node: BF-0 12. 11. 10. 9. 8. I i 7. . 4. 2. II, 0, 77. .... .,,.....,...,. ... .. .............................................................................................. . . ....... ......................................................... 7 5- 75... @75. .t 477.4 gpm --.-,.,..,....,...............,...,,,,.- ,..--. 75,_,._, ,.., ......_....., .... 75,.,,..,......,......,,,.....,.,,................................................................................... 75 . ........,..... ................................................................................ 75..., 75. .................,..... T. o o C Vi 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 Vi 0 0 0 0 Vi Vi 0 Vi Flow, gpm I File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING_i NEWi_i_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 7 1 0 0 0 0 0 Flow, gpm 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 Job: SIX ON MADISON Device Graphs Pressure Loss Function Design Area: 4; Valve Ref: 758 (GLOBE UMC, Size = 4); Inlet Node: RI-I; Outlet Node: RIO File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING_1NEW1_1_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright ©2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 8 HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS for Job Information Project Name: SIX ON MADISON Contract No. : C7796 City: CARLSBAD, CA 92008 Project Location: 3095 MADISON STREET Date: 6/1/2020 Contractor Information - - Name of Contractor: INNOVATIVE FIRE PROTECTION Address: 8779 COTTONWOOD AVE. City: SANTEE, CA 92071 Phone Number: (619) 593-8200 E-mail: DERIK@IFPINC.NET Name of Designer: DERIK BROOKS Authority Having Jurisdiction: CARLSBAD FIRE AUTHORITY Design Remote Area Name 5 Remote Area Location COMMERCIAL SPACE Occupancy Classification NFPA13 Density (gpm/ft2) 0.2 Area of Application (ft2) 737 Coverage per Sprinkler (ft2) 130 Number of Calculated Sprinklers 9 In-Rack Demand (gpm) 0 Special Heads Hose Streams (gpm) 250 Total Water Required (incl. Hose Streams) (gpm) 488.2 Required Pressure at Source (psi) 37.7 Type of System Wet Volume - Entire System (gal) 260.5 gal Water Supply Information Date 5/12/2020 Location MADISON ST. @ OAK AVE. Source Notes File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING-1 NEW1_1_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 1 I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I Supply 1: 1 Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) L 0 73.8 I 5175 52 Supply Analysis Job: SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Analysis for: 5 Calculation Info Calculation Mode Demand Hydraulic Model Hazen-Williams Fluid Name Water © 60F (15.6C) Fluid Weight, (lb/ft3) N/A for Hazen-Williams calculation. Fluid Dynamic Viscosity, (lbs/ft2) N/A for Hazen-Williams calculation. Water Supply Parameters Static Pressure Residual I Flow I Available I I Total Demand I I Required Pressure Node atSource (psi) Pressure I (gpm) I Pressure I (gpm) I I I (psi) (psi) (psi) 1 73.8 52 5175 73.5 488.2 377 Hoses Inside Hose Flow / Standpipe Demand (gpm) 250 Outside Hose Flow (gpm) 0 Additional Outside Hose Flow (gpm) Other (custom defined) Hose Flow (gpm) 0 Total Hose Flow (gpm) 250 Sprinklers Ovehead Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 238.2 lnRack Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 0 Other (custom defined) Sprinkler Flow (gpm) U Total Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 238.2 Other Required Margin of Safety (psi) U BOR - Pressure (psi) 31.6 BOR - Flow (gpm) 238.2 Demand w/o System Pump(s) N/A File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING-1 NEW1_i_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright ©2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 2 Job SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Analysis for: 5 * Supply in System Demand 0 AvailableAt Source File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING_1NEW1_1_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 3 Job: SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Analysis for: 5 Graph Labels Label Description Values Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) Si Supply point #1 - Static 0 73.8 S2 Supply point #2 - Residual 5175 52 Di Elevation Pressure 0 7 D2 System Demand 488.2 37.7 Curve Intersections & Safety Margins Curve Name Intersection I Safety Margin Pressure (psi) I Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) I © Flow (gpm) Supply 73.2 739.7 35.8 488.2 Open Heads Required ___________ Calculated Head Ref. Head Type Coverage K-Factor Density Flow Pressure Density Flow Pressure (ft2) (gpm/psi'/2) (gpm/1t2) (gpm) (psi) (cpm/ft2) (gpm) (psi) 501 Overhead 130 5.6 0.2 26 21.6 0.2 26 21.6 Sprinkler 502 Overhead 130 5.6 0.2 26 21.6 0.201 26.1 21.7 Sprinkler 503 Overhead 130 5.6 0.2 26 21.6 0.205 26.7 22.7 Sprinkler 504 Overhead 130 5.6 0.2 26 21.6 3.205 26.7 22.7 Sprinkler 505 Overhead 130 5.6 0.2 26 21.6 0.205 26.7 22.7 Sprinkler 506 Overhead 130 5.6 0.2 26 21.6 0.201 26.1 21.7 Sprinkler 507 Overhead 130 5.6 0.2 26 21.6 0.202 26.2 21.9 Sprinkler 508 Overhead 130 5.6 0.2 26 21.6 0.206 26.8 22.9 Sprinkler 509 Overhead 130 5.6 0.2 26 21.6 0.208 27 23.2 Sprinkler File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING_i NEW1_i_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright ©2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 4 I Job: SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Calculations I PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psil/2) Wpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: I 501 12.08 5.6 26 1.5 9 120 21.6 502 12.08 5.6 26 1.732 0 0.0183 0 9 0.2 502 12.08 5.6 26.1 1.5 1x(us.Tee-Br)=11.42 7.58 120 21.7 540 12.08 52.1 1.732 11.42 0.0664 0 18.99 1.3 540 12.08 26.7 3 10 120 23 539 12.08 78.8 3.314 0 0.0061 0 10 0.1 539 12.08 53.4 3 8.5 120 23 537 12.08 132.1 3.314 0 0.0158 0 8.5 0.1 537 12.08 79.1 3 9.96 120 23.2 536 12.08 211.2 3.314 0 0.0377 0 9.96 0.4 536 12.08 27 3 ix(us.Tee-Br)=21.84 7.46 120 23.6 447 12.08 238.2 3.314 21.84 0.0471 0 29.3 1.4 447 12.08 0 4 lx(coupling)=1.4 16.7 120 24.9 Ri-O 4.8 238.2 4.314 ix(us.90)=14 15.4 0.013 3.2 32.1 0.4 R1-O 4.8 0 4 0.8 0 28.5 GLOBE UMC Ri-I 4 238.2 0 0 0.404 0.3 *' 0.81 0.3 Ri-I 4 0 4 ix(us.Tee-Br)=28 10.83 120 29.2 241 11.67 238.2 4.314 3x(us.90)=42 70 0.013 -3.3 80.83 1.1 241 11.67 0 6 ix(coupling)=1.26 12.46 120 26.9 BOR 1 238.2 6.357 ix(us.90)=17.6 18.86 0.002 4.6 31.32 0.1 BOR 1 0 6 ix(coupling)=1.73 5 140 31.6 UG4 -3 238.2 6.4 ix(us.90)=24.19 25.92 0.0014 1.7 30.92 0.0 UG4 -3 0 6 ix(coupling)=1.53 19 150 33.4 UG3 -3 238.2 6.08 2x(us.90)=42.79 44.32 0.0016 0 63.32 0.1 UG3 -3 0 6 ix(coupling)=1.73 6.5 140 33.5 BF-0 2 238.2 6.4 2x(us.90)=48.39 50.11 0.0014 -2.2 56.61 0.1 BF-0 2 0 6 1 0 31.4 450DA BF-I 2 238.2 0 0 3.4456 0 1 3.4 BF-I 2 0 6 ix(coupling)=1.73 8.5 140 34.8 UG2 -4 238.2 6.4 2x(us.90)=48.39 50.11 0.0014 2.6 58.61 0.1 UG2 -4 0 6 lx(us.Tee-Br)=45.85 51 150 37.5 UG1 -4 238.2 6.08 45.85 0.0016 0 96.85 0.2 File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING_i NEWi_1_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 5 I I I I [1 I I I I I I I I I I I I Job: SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psW2) Wpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: I UG1 -4 250 10 13.5 150 37.7 1 -4 488.2 9.8 0 0.0006 0 13.5 0 1 37.7 Path No: 2 506 12.08 5.6 26.1 1.5 9 120 21.7 507 12.08 5.6 26.1 1.732 0 0.0185 0 9 0.2 507 12.08 5.6 26.2 1.5 lx(us.Tee-Br)=11.42 7.58 120 21.9 537 12.08 52.3 1.732 11.42 0.0669 0 18.99 1.3 537 23.2 Path No: 3 503 12.08 5.6 26.7 1.5 lx(us.Tee-Br)=11.42 4.42 120 22.7 540 12.08 26.7 1.732 11.42 0.0192 0 15.84 0.3 540 23 Path No: 4 504 12.08 5.6 26.7 1.5 lx(us.Tee-Br)=11.42 7.58 120 22.7 539 12.08 26.7 1.732 11.42 0.0192 0 18.99 0.4 539 23 Path No: 5 505 12.08 5.6 26.7 1.5 lx(us.Tee-Br)=11.42 4.42 120 22.7 539 12.08 26.7 1.732 11.42 0.0193 0 15.84 0.3 539 23 Path No: 6 508 12.08 5.6 26.8 1.5 lx(us.Tee-Br)=11.42 4.42 120 22.9 537 12.08 26.8 1.732 11.42 0.0194 0 15.84 0.3 537 23.2 Path No: 7 509 12.08 5.6 27 1.5 lx(us.Tee-Br)=11.42 4.42 120 23.2 536 12.08 27 1.732 11.42 0.0197 0 15.64 0.3 536 23.6 File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON 2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING_i NEW1_1_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 6 I Job: SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Calculations I PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 [1ev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (It) (gpm/psi'/z) (gpm) (in) (It) (It) (psi) (psi) Path No: 8 GPM1 -4 250 10 1 150 37.7 UG1 -4 250 9.8 0 0.0002 0 1 0 UG1 37.7 * Pressures are balanced to a high degree of accuracy. Values may vary by 0.1 psi due to display rounding. * Maximum Velocity of 8.86 ft/s occurs in the following pipe(s): (447-536) "K'' Device pressure loss (gain in the case of pumps) is calculated from the device's curve. If the device curve is printed with this report, it will appear below. The length of the device as shown in the table above comes from the CAD drawing. The friction loss per unit of length is calculated based upon the length and the curve-based loss/gain value. Internal ID and C Factor values are irrelevant as the device is not represented as an addition to any pipe, but is an individual item whose loss/gain is based solely on the curve data. I I I I I I LI I I I File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING_i NEWi_i_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 7 I I I I I I I I I I I I I 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 fl 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 r- N Flow, gpm Pressure Loss Function 1 Design Area: 5; BFP Ref.: 755 (450DA, Size = 6); Inlet Node: BE-I; Outlet Node: BF-0 Job: SIX ON MADISON Pressure vs. Flow Function Design Area: 5; Supply Ref.: 1; Supply Name:1 I Device Graphs I Il II 10 9 8 6. 5. 4. 3.4 psi 238.2 gpm 3. 2. 1. 0. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 Flow, gpm File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING-1 NEW1_1_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I Job: SIX ON MADISON Device Graphs Pressure Loss Function Design Area: 5; Valve Ref.: 758 (GLOBE UMC, Size = 4); Inlet Node: RI-I; Outlet Node: RI-O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Flow, gpm File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - BUILDING_1NEW1_1_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 9 6. 5. 4. CL I- (n 3. U, IL a, I- 2. 0. HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS for Job Information Project Name: SIX ON MADISON Contract No. : C7796 City: CARLSBAD, CA 92008 Project Location: 3095 MADISON STREET Date: 6/1/2020 Contractor Information Name of Contractor: INNOVATIVE FIRE PROTECTION Address: 8779 COTTONWOOD AVE. City: SANTEE, CA 92071 Phone Number: (619) 593-8200 E-mail: DERIK@IFPINC.NET Name of Designer: DERIK BROOKS Authority Having Jurisdiction: CARLSBAD FIRE AUTHORITY Design Remote Area Name 6 Remote Area Location STANDPIPE Occupancy Classification NFPA13 Density (gpm/ft2) N/A (In-Rack) Area of Application (f12) 0 Coverage per Sprinkler (ft) N/A (In-Rack) Number of Calculated Sprinklers 3 In-Rack Demand (gpm) Special Heads Hose Streams (gpm) 0 Total Water Required (incl. Hose Streams) (gpm) 768.1 Required Pressure at Source (psi) 130.2 Type of System Wet Volume - Entire System (gal) 216.6 gal Water Supply Information 5/12/2020 Date Location F.D.C. Source Si Notes File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - SITE_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 1 I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I Job: SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Analysis for: 6 Calculation Info Calculation Mode Hydraulic Model Fluid Name Fluid Weight, (lb/ft3) Fluid Dynamic Viscosity, (lbs/ft2) Water Supply Parameters Supply 1: Si Supply Analysis Demand Hazen-Williams Water © 60F (15.6C) N/A for Hazen-Williams calculation. N/A for Hazen-Williams calculation. Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) 0 151 1000 150 Static Pressure I Residual I I Flow I Available A bl il I I I Total Demand I Required Pressure Node at Source (psi) Pressure I (gpm) I Pressure I I I (gpm) (psi) (psi) I i (psi) 51 151 150 1000 150.4 768.1 130.2 Hoses Inside Hose Flow / Standpipe Demand (gpm) 768.1 Outside Hose Flow (gpm) Additional Outside Hose Flow (gpm) Other (custom defined) Hose Flow (gpm) Total Hose Flow (gpm) 768.1 Sprinklers Ovehead Sprinkler Flow (gpm) InRack Sprinkler Flow (gpm) Other (custom defined) Sprinkler Flow (gpm) Total Sprinkler Flow (gpm) Other Required Margin of Safety (psi) 0 Si -Pressure (psi) 130.2 Si - Flow (gpm) 768.1 Demand w/o System Pump(s) N/A File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON _2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - SITE_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright 0 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 2 - - - = - - - - - - - = - - - - - - - Job: SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Analysis for: 6 Supply is System Demand 0 Available At Source File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - SITE_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 3 Job: SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Analysis for: 6 Graph Labels Label Description Values Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) Si Supply point #1 - Static 0 151 S2 Supply point #2 - Residual 1000 150 Dl Elevation Pressure 0 14.4 D2 System Demand 768.1 130.2 Curve Intersections & Safety Margins Curve Name Intersection I Safety Margin I Pressure (psi) I Flow (gpm) I Pressure (psi) I @ Flow (gpm) Supply 150.3 837.3 20.1 768.1 Open Heads Required Calculated Head Ref. Head Type Coverage K-Factor Density Flow Pressure Density Flow Pressure (ft2) (gpm/psil/2) (gpm/1t2) (gpm) (psi) (gpm/ft2) (gpm) (psi) HV1 Standpipe Demand 0 250 100 0 250 100 HV2 Standpipe Demand 0 0 250 100 0 254.8 103.9 HV3 Standpipe Demand 0 250 100 0 263.3 110.9 File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - SITE_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright 0 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 4 I Job: SIX ON MADISON Hydraulic Calculations I PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi1/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (if) (psi) (psi) Path No: I HV1 35.25 250 2.5 lx(us.Tee-Br)=18.65 0.5 120 100 S7 35.25 250 2.703 18.65 0.1388 0 19.15 2.7 S7 35.25 0 4 8.83 120 102.7 56 26.42 250 4.314 0 0.0142 3.8 8.83 0.1 S6 26.42 254.8 4 4x(us.90)=56 105.87 120 106.6 S5 11.67 504.8 4.314 lx(us.Tee-Br)=28 84 0.0523 6.4 189.881 9.9 55 11.67 263.3 6 lx(coupling)=1.26 27.63 120 122.9 S4 1 768.1 6.357 ix(us.90)=17.6 18.86 0.0172 4.6 46.49 0.8 S4 1 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.73 5 140 128.4 S3 -3 768.1 6.4 ix(us.90)=24.19 25.92 0.0125 1.7 30.92 0.4 S3 -3 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.53 19 150 130.5 S2 -3 768.1 6.08 2x(us.90)=42.79 44.32 0.0142 0 63.32 0.9 S2 -3 0 6 1x(us.Tee-Br)=51.84 6.5 140 131.4 Si 2 768.1 6.4 lx(us.90)=24.19 76.04 0.0125 -2.2 82.54 1 Si 130.2 Path No: 2 HV2 26.42 254.8 2.5 lx(us.Tee-Br)=18.65 0.5 120 103.9 S6 26.42 254.8 2.703 18.65 0.1438 0 19.15 2.8 S6 106.6 Path No: 3 HV3 31.67 263.3 2.5 ix(us.90)=9.33 0.5 120 110.9 S8 31.67 263.3 2.703 9.33 0.1528 0 9.83 1.5 S8 31.67 0 4 2x(us.Tee-Br)=56 46.92 120 112.4 S5 11.67 263.3 4.314 lx(us.90)=14 70 0.0157 8.7 116.92 1.8 SS 122.9 'K Pressures are balanced to a high degree of accuracy. Values may vary by 0.1 psi due to display rounding. * Maximum Velocity of 14.72 ft/s occurs in the following pipe(s): (58-HV3) File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - SITE_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 5 I I I I I [I I I I I I I I I I I I Job: SIX ON MADISON Device Graphs Pressure vs. Flow Function Design Area: 6; Supply Ref.: SI; Supply Name:SI 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = 0 C' 0 Flow, gpm File: C:\Users\derik\Desktop\C7796 SIX on MADISON-2\C7796 SIX on MADISON - SlTE_.dwg Date 6/1/2020 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 6 I I I I ii I I I I I : 1W qW lb C- ZV 00 CO INNOVATIVE FIRE PROTECTION, INC. iNTTfl )jA LJIIIJI 3095 MADISON STREET CARLSBAD, &S ii 8779 Cottonwood Ave., Ste. 101 • Santee, CA 92071 • TEL: 619.593.8200 • FAx: 619.593.9133 I ifpinc net • CA License #C.16.711148 40 INNOVATIVE * FIRE PROTECTIONS INC. S . I I [1 Film MP1ii1I1A'i(SN1 '3111IIE2GE a] No=.# ~ jj,' Sway Bracing 8) Accessories I 8779 Cottonwood Ave., Ste, 101 Santee, CA 92071 TLL, 619.593.8200 - FAv: 619.593.9133 ifpinc.net . CA License iC.1G /11148 I I I I I I I I I I I I I a I INNOVATIVE Vo _ FIRE PROTECTION INC. I I I I 1) A larm Devices I I I I I I I I I I 8779 Cottonwood Ave., Ste. 101 - Santee, CA 92071 T- 619.593.8200 Pp,x 619.593.9133 ifpnc.net CA License &C.16.711148 These vibrating type hells are designed for use as fire, burglar or general signaling devices. They have low power consumption and high decibel ratings. The unit mounts on a standard 4" ( 10 1 mm) square electrical box for indoor use or on a model BBK-1 weatherproof backbox or BT3X-1 deep weatherproof backbox fir outdoor applications. Weatherproof backbox model BBK-l. Stock No. 1500001. Notes: Minimum dB ratings are calculated from integrated sound pressure measurements made at Underwriters Laboratories as specified in UL Standard 464. UL temperature range is -30° to 150°F (-34° to 66°C). Typical dB ratings are calculated from measurements made with a conventional sound level meter and are indicative of output levels in an actual installation. ULC only applies to MBA DC bells. A WARNING All DC bells are polarized and have built-in transient protection. * Does not have ULC listing. \~,, PZ6--), ( POTTER The Symbol of Protection BELLS PBA-AC & MBA-DC - TJL, IJUC, and FM Approved Sizes Available: 6" (150mm), 8" (200mm) and 10" (250mm) Voltages Available: 2 4 NVA 120V AC 12VDC (10.2 to 15.6) Polarized 24VDC (20.4 to 31.2) Polarized Service Use: Fire Alarm General Signaling Burglar Alarm ) - - . Environment: Indoor or outdoor use (See Note I) -401 to 150°F (401 to 66°C) (Outdoor use requires weatherproof backbox.) Termination: AC Bells - 4 No. 18 AWG stranded wires uc ft DC Bells - Terminal strip * . Finish: Red powder coating Optional: Model BBK- 1 weatherproof backbox Model BBX-1 deep weatherproof backbox Size inches (mm) Voltage Model Number Stock Number Current (Max.) Typical dB at 10 ft. (3m) (2) Minimum dB at 10 ft. (3m) (I) 6(150) 12VDC MBA-6-12 1750070 .1 2A 85 76 8(200) 12VDC MBA-8-12 1750080 .12A 90 77 10(250) 1 12VDC MBA-10-12 1750060 .12A 92 78 6(150) 24VDC MBA-6-24 1750100 .06A 87 77 8(2(10) 24VDC MBA-8-24 1750110 .06A 91 79 10(250) 24VDC MT3A-10-24 1750091) .06A 94 80 6(150) 24VAC PBA246 1806024* .17A 91 78 8(200) 24VAC PBA248 1808024* .17A 94 77 10(250) 24VAC PBA2410 1810024* .17A 94 78 6(150) 120VAC PBA1206 1806120* .05A 92 83 8(200) 120VAC PBA 1208 1808120* .05A 99 84 10(250) 120VAC I PBA12010 1 181012071 05A 99 86 In outdoor or wet installations, bell must he mounted with weatherproof backbox, BBK-1 orBBX-1. Standard electrical boxes will not provide a weatherproof enclosure. If the bell and/or assembly is exposed to moisture, it may fail or create an electrical hazard. potter Electric Signal Company. LLC St. Louis, MO. Phone: 866-572-3005/Canada 888-882-1833 • www.pottersignal.com - a PRINTED IN USA MINI #5400776 - REV V-I PAGE I OF 2 0U13 /13 I I I I I I I 1 1 I I I I I I I I Weatherproof Backbox Dimensions Inches (mm) Fig. 2 Box has one threaded 1/2" conduit entrance 53/4" - JAR) L IS/S' (41) 4 114 SR 65 I'S 3 POTT ER BELLS The Symbol of Protection PBA-AC & MBA-DC Bells Dimensions Inches (mm) Wiring (rear view) Fig. I Fig. 3 A.C. BELLS WHIM (IN) WIlLIE (LIUTI 0 1110511 AINTIIOI PSNIIL OR I'RECEIIINIJ BELL o BLACK (IN) RIK(OL) CAUTION: WREN ELIS.TSICAL SIIEEIRVISION IS REQUIRED USE INANDOUT LEADS AS SHOWN. NOTES: I. WREN IJSINGAC BELLS, TERMINATE EACH EXTRA WIRE SEPARATELY AFTER LASTUELL. 2. END-OF-LINE RESISTOR IS NOT REQUIRED ON AC WILLS I I I I I ~'j I I Installation I. The bell shall he installed in accordance with NFPA 13, 72, or local AITJ. The top of the device shall he no less than 90" AFF and not less than 6" below the ceiling. Remove the gong. Connect wiring (see Fig. 3). Mount hell mechanism to backbox (bell mechanism must he mounted with the striker pointing down). Reinstall the gong (be sure that the gong positioning pin, in the mechanism housing, is in the hole in the gong). Test all hells for proper operation and observe that they can he heard where required (hells must he heard in all areas as designated by the authority having jurisdiction). I I LI I I I I U A WARNING Failure to install striker down will prevent hell from operating. PRINTED IN USA MFG. 45400776 - REV V-I PAGE 2 OF 2 01/13 Li I I I 2" through 8 ", and can be mounted in a vertical or horizontal position. WFD Series Waterfiow Detector I I The System Sensor WFD series is compatible with schedule 10 through 40 steel pipe, sizes I I Features Two-inch mounting hole provided in new WFD30-2 models UL-listed models are NEMA 4 rated Sealed retard mechanism immune to dust and other contaminants -Visual switch activation Field-replaceable retard mechanism and SPDT switches Rugged, dual SPDT switches enclosed in a durable terminal block Accommodates up to 12 AWG wire Designed for both indoor and outdoor use 100 percent synchronization activates both alarm panel and local bell Tamper-resistant cover screws Robust Construction.Tl-e WFD series consists of a rugged, NEMA 4-rated enclozure. Lesigned for both indoor and outdoor use, the WFD series perates across a wide temperature range, from 32°F to 120°F. Reliable Performance. UL-listed models are equipped with tamper-resistant cover scrws to prevent unauthorized entry. Inside, two sets of SPDT (Forn C) synchronized switches are enclosed in a durable terminal block to 1--ssure reliable performance. False Alarm Immunity. The WFD series incorporates a mechanical retard feature, whic minimizes the risk of false alarm due to pressure surges or air :raped in the sprinkler system. In addition, the mechanical reta -d's urique sealed design is immune to dust and other contaminants. Simplified Operation.—he WFD series is designed to simplify installation. Two cosduit openings permit easy attachment to the local alarm system. The retard mechanism and dual SPDT switches are field-replaceable. I I I I H I LII I Agency Listings @ g 0 MIA LISTED approved S79 CS169 7770-1659 119 167-93-E 310-195 I I I POTTER The Symbol of Protection OSYSU-1 ,-2 OUTSIDE SCREW AND YOKE VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCH UL, cUL and CSFM Listed, FM Approved, NYMEA Accepted, CE Marked Dimensions: 6.19"LX 2.25'WX 5.881-I 15,7cm LX 5,7cm WX 14,6cm 11 Weight: 2 lbs (0,9 kg) Enclosure: Cover - Die-Cast Finish- Red Spatter Enamel Base - Die Cast Zinc All parts have corrosion resistant finishes Cover Tamper: Tamper Resistant Screws Optional Cover Thmper Switch Available Contact Ratings: OSYSU-1: One set of SPDT (Form C) OSYSU-2: Two sets of SPDT (Form C) 15 Amps at I25I250VAC 2.5 Amps at 30VDC resistive Environmental Limitations: -40°F to I40°F (-40°C to 60°C) NEMA 4 and NEMA 6P Enclosure (1P67) Indoor or outdoor use (Not for use in hazardous locations. See Bulletin No. 5400705 OSYS-U-EX for hazardous locations). Conduit Entrances: 2 knockouts for 112" conduit provided Service Use: Automatic Sprinkler NFPA-13 One or two family dwelling NFPA-13D Residential occupancy up to four stories NFPA-13R National Fire Alarm Code NFPA-72 I I I I I I I I I I I General Information NFPA codes and standards and/or the authority having The OSYSU is used to monitor the open position of an OS&Y jurisdiction (manufacturer recommends quarterly or more (outside screw and yoke) type gate valve. This device is frequently). available in two models; the OSYSU-1, containing one set of SPDT (Form C) contacts and the OSYSU-2, containing Ordering Information two sets of SPDT (Form C) contacts. These switches mount conveniently to most OS&Y valves ranging in size from 2" to Model Description Stock No. 12" (50mm to 300mm). They will mount on some valves as small as /2 (12,5mm). The cover is held in place by two tamper resistant screws that require a special tool to remove. The tool is furnished with each device and should be left with the building owner or responsible party. Replacement or additional cover screws and hex keys are available. See Ordering information. Optional Cover Tamper Switch A field installable cover tamper switch is available as an option which may be used to indicate removal of the cover. See Ordering Information. Testing The OSYSU and its associated protective monitoring system should be inspected and tested in accordance with applicable OSYSU-1 Outside Screw & Yoke 1010106 Supervisory Switch (Single switch) OSYSU-2 Outside Screw & Yoke 1010206 Supervisory Switch (Double switch) Cover Screw 5490424 Hex Key for Cover Screws and 5250062 Installation Adjustments Optional Cover Tamper Switch Kit 0090131 [1 I I I LI Potter Electric Signal Company, LAX St. Louis, MO Phone: 866-96-0988/Canada: 888-882-] 833 www.pottersignat.com PRINTED IN USA MFG 55100979- REV S-I PAGE I OF 4 11/10 I I si.orrro MOUNTING HOLES MAY IF USED FOR FINE AD.IUS1MENT OF SWITCH ON [(RACKET BRACKET I CLAMP BAR I CARR I I I I PAGE 2 OF 4 MEG. #5'100979- REV S-I 11/10 I PRINTED IN USA (k OSYSU-1,2 t POTTER OUTSIDE SCREW AND YOKE The Symbol of Protection VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCH ENRON FIG. I SMALL VALVE JNSTALLATIION - 1/2" TIIRU 2 1/2" SIZES I These switches mount conveniently to most 2 "to /2' OS& Y valves. The-v will mount on sonic valves as small as 1/2 ' J-hooks may be required on valves with limited clearance. I SMAELVALVE INSTALLATION I. Remove and discard "C" washer and roller from the trip rod With the valve in the FULl. OPEN position. locate the OSYSU across the valve yoke as far as possible horn the valve gland, so that the trip rod lays against the non-threaded portion of the valve Stem. loosen the locking screw that holds the trip rod in place and adjust the rod length (see Fig. 4). When adjusted properly, the rod should extend past the valve screw, but not so far that it contacts the clamp bar. Tighten the locking screw to hold the trip rod in place. and smooth the edges of the groove to prevent damage to the valve packing and to allow the trip rod to move easily in and out of the groove as the valve is operated. Mount the OSYSU with the trip rod centered in groove. 8. Final adjusinient is made by loosening 2 screws (see Fig. I) and sliding the OSYSU on the bracket. Adjustment is correct when switches are not activated with the trip rod seated in the valve stem groove and that the switches activate when the trip rod moves out of the groove. NOTE: If trip rod length is excessive, loosen the locking screw 9 and remove the trip rod from the trip lever. Using pliers, break oft the one (I) inch long notched section (see Fig. 5). Reinstall trip rod and repeat Step 3 procedure. Tighten the adjustment screws and all mounting hardware. Check to insure that the rod moves out of the groove easily and that the switches activate within one turn when the valve is operated. from the FULL OPEN towards the CLOSED position. I Mount the OSYSU loosely with the carriage bolts and clamp bar supplied. On valves with limited clearance use J-hooks supplied instead of the carriage bolts and clamp bar to mount the OSYSU. Mark the valve stem at the center of the trip rod. Remove the OSYSU. F ile a 1/8" deep groove centered on the mark on the valve stem utilizing a 3/16" diameter straight file. Round NOTE: CLOSET HE VALVE FULtY TO DETERMINE THAT THE STEM THREADS DO NOT ACTIVATE THE SWITCH. THE SWITCH BEING ACTIVATED BY THE STEM THREADS COULD RESULT IN A FALSE VALVE OPEN INDICATION. I P H 1 I 1 I I E e POTTER OUTSIDE SCREW AND YOKE The Symbol of Protection VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCH FIG. 2 LARGE VALVE INSTALLATION - 3" TIIRU 12" SIZES I I I 3" TI-IRU 2" (76mm THRU 300mm) VALVES USE CARRIAGE BOLTS. BOLTS MOUNT ON INSIDE OF YOKE, IF THERE IS SUFFICIENT CLEARANCE. BRACKET —CLAMP BAR CARRIAGE BOLTS / (2 REQUIRED) ROLLER GROOVE YOKE SLOTTED MOUNTING HOLES. MAY BE USED FOR FINE ADJUSTMENT OF SWITCH ON BRACKET. I I r- VALVE STEM I TRIP ROD I I I LARGE VALVE INSTALLATION With the valve in the FUI.!.. OPEN position, locate the OSYSU across the valve yoke as far as possible from the valve gland. so that the trip rod lays against the non-threaded portion of the valve stem. Mount the OSYSU loosely with the carriage bolts and clamp bar supplied. loosen the locking screw that holds the trip rod in place and adjust the rod length (see Fig. 4). When adjusted properly, the rod should extend past the valve screw, but not so far that it contacts the clamp bar. Tighten the locking screw to hold the trip rod in place. NOTE: If trip rod length is excessive, loosen the locking screw and remove the trip rod from the trip lever. Using pliers, break off the one (1) inch long notched section (see Fig. 5). Reinstall trip rod and repeat Step 3 procedure, Mark the valve stem at the center of the trip rod. Remove the OSYSU. File a 1/8' deep groove centered on the mark of the valve stem utilizing a 3/8" diameter straight file. Round and smooth the edges of the groove to prevent damage to the valve packing and to allow the trip rod to move easily in and out of the groove as the valve is operated. Mount the OSYSU loosely \,vith the trip rod centered in groove. Final adjustment is made by loosening 2 screws (see Fig. 2) and sliding the OSYSU on the bracket. Adjustment is correct when switches are not activated with the trip rod seated in the valve stem groove and that the switches activate within one turn when the valve is operated from the FULL OPEN towards the CLOSED position. Tighten the adjustment screws and mounting hardware. Check to insure that the rod moves outofthe groove easily and that the switches activate within one turn when the valve is operated from the FUJI. OPEN towards the CLOSED position. NOTE: CLOSE THE VALVE FULLY TO DETERMINE THAT THE STEM THREADS DONOTAC'I'IVAfE'l'l-[E. SWI'I'CH. 1'HESWITCH BEING ACTIVATED BY THE STEM THREADS COJJJ..D RESULT IN A FALSE VALVE OPEN INDlCA'l'ION. I I I I I I ....- PRINTED IN USA MFG, ('5400979. REV SI PAGE) OF 4 FIB I LI I I I I 5555 Cx.lbsshs I_,J I FJG.4 PARTS COVERTAMPFR WHITE) CE ,RED) N (BLACK N KNOCKOUT'S FOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS BREAKING EXCESSIVE ROD LENGTH SWITCH TERMINAL CONNECTIONS CLAMPING PLATE TERMINAL CAUTION: An uninsulated section ofa single collductol should not he looped around the terminal and serve as two separate connections. The wire must he severed, thereby providing supervision of the connection in the event that the wire becomes dislodged from under the terminal. I Li] I I I I I U I c?POTTER The Symbol of Protection FIG. 3 DIMENSIONS OSYSU-i ,2 OUTSIDE SCREW AND YOKE VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCH SCREW ME ii 979-F ;53CM1 ;5CM t1j I TYPICAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS Loc;AL CIRCUIT NO TO POWER FOR COf N.C. INDICAI1NG INDICATING DEVICE I DEVICE; TO S(JPERVISORY CIRCUIT END OF OF CONTROL PANEL COM. N C RESISIOR ws 975-I Contacts shown in normal (valve open) condition. TYPICAL SWITCH ACTION OPEN VALVE CLOSED VALVE POSITION POSITION COM. COM. ' VTO Sw 41 SW RI COM. COM. SW#2 SW #2 I)WO# 575-2 MFG. 05400979 - REV S-I ((1(0 PAGE 4 OF 4 (D PCVS_1 ~ -2 ,,~P)) POTTER CONTROL VALVE The Symbol of Protection SUPERVISORY SWITCH 111 Conduit Entrances: Two knockouts for 1/2" conduit provided. Service Use: Automatic Sprinkler NFPA-13 One or two family dwelling N FPA- I 3D Residential occupancy up to four stories NFPA-13R National Fire Alarm Code NFPA-72 The Mode! PCVS is a weather proof and tamper resistant switch for monitoring the open position offire sprinkler control valves of the post indicator, butterfly and other types. Depending on the model, one or two SPDT (Form C) contacts are provided which will operate when the valve position is altered from an open slate. The unit mounts in a 1/2" NP I' tapped hole in the post indicator or butterfly valve housing. The device is engaged by the indicating assembly of the post indicator or the operating mechanism of the butterfly valve, actuating switch(es) when the valve is fully open. The unit should be installed where it is accessible for service. The cover is held in place by two tamper resistant screws that require a special tool to remove. The tool is furnished with each device and UL, cUL, and CSFM Listed, FM Approved, NYMEA Accepted, CE Marked Dimensions: 4.75"L x 2.25W x 82H (stem extended) 12,1cm 1.. x 5.7cm Wx 18,3cm H Weight: 1.35 lb. (0,61 kg.) Enclosure: Cover - Die-cast Finish - Red Spatter Enamel Base - Die Cast Zinc All parts have corrosion resistant finishes. Cover Tamper: Tamper Resistant Screws, Optional cover tamper switch kit available Mounting: 1/2' NPT Contact Rating: PCVS-l: One set of SPDT (Form C) PCVS-2: Two sets of SPDT (Form C) 15 Amps at I 25/250VAC 2.5 Amps at 30VDC resistive Environmental Limitations: -40°F to +140°F (-40°C to 60°C) NEMA 4 and NEMA 6P Enclosure (11'67) when used with appropriate watertight conduit fittings. Indoor or Outdoor Use (Not for use in hazardous locations. See bulletin no. 5400694 PIVS-U-EX for hazardous locations.) should be left with the building owner or responsible party. Replacement or additional cover screws and hex keys are available. Sec ordering information. Optional Cover Tamper Switch Afield installable covertamperswitch is available as an optionwhich may be used to indicate removal of the cover. See ordering information. Testing The PCVS and its associated protective monitoring system should be tested in accordance with applicable NFPA codes and standards and/or the authority having jurisdiction (manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently). F~ I I I I I I I I I I Ordering Information Model Description Stock No. PCVS- I Potter Control Valve Switch (single switch) 1010107 PCVS-2 Potter Control Valve Switch (double switch) 10 10207 -- Cover Screw 5490424 -- tlex Key for Cover Screws and Installation Adjustments 5250062 PBK-S Pratt Butterfly Valve Kit - Up to 12" (300mm) 0090133 PBK-l. Pratt Butterfly Valve Kit - 4" (355mm) and Up 0090132 PVK Pratt Valve Kit 1000060 -- Optional Cover tamper Switch Kit 01911131 KBK Kennedy Butterfly Valve Kit 0090 143 For pressure reducer type valve installation kits (if required) contact valve manufacturer. Potter Electric Signal Company St. Louis, MO Phone: 866-956-0988/Canada 888-882-1833 www.pottersignal.com PRINTED IN USA MFG. 45400980 - REV V-I PAGE I OF 4 11 110 I I I I I I TRIP RI,r) ('CIiINC -CRFAV ICI I'CSI) U. KNIT I Typical Installations On Post indicator Valve Housings (Sec Figs. 3 Thru 6) (20 I - 2.15 (I,' 12 I)WG 9i'P-I I POTTER CONTROLALVE The Symbol of Protection SUPERVISORY SWITCH Fig. I Dimensions Fig. 2 Parts I Relèr to Fig. 2 far the location of parts; described in the following instructions. Note: lfthe sprinkler system is in scrvicethecns9icrorauthorizedrepresentative should be notified, befbre any work is done on the system, that the valve controlling the water supply to the system may be closed for periods of time during the installation and testing of this device, resulting in all or portions of the system being inoperative during these periods. If the system is not in service and valve is closed, he sure that opening the valve will not allow any unwanted waterfiow due to openings in the system, such as heads oft broken or incomplete piping, etc. Position the valve to fully open ("OPEN" should appear in the window of the housing). Partially close the valve while observing the direction that the target assembly moves. Reopen the valve. If the valve housing is prednlled with a 1/2" NPT for installation of a monitoring switch, remove the 1/2" plug and fully open the valve. Make sure that "OPEN" appears in the window of the housing. GO TO STEP NO. 6, Remove the head and target assembly (consultation with valve manufacturer is recommended). lithe target assembly moved up as the valve was closed, measure the distance from the bottom of the head to the lower part of the target assembly that will contact the trip rod of the PCVS (see Fig, 3). This is usually a plate or bar on the target assembly, on a side adjacent to the "OPEN/SHUT" plates. Subtract 1/8" i'roni the measurement. If the target moved down as the valve was closed, measure the distance from the bottom of the head to the upper portion of the target assembly that will contact the trip rod ofthe PCVS (see Fig. 4). Add 1/8" (3,2mm) to this measurement. Mark the housing at the proper location. Using a 23/32" (I 8,21lm) drill bit, drill andthen tap a 1/2" NPT in the housing on the side that coincides with the portion of the target assembly that will engage the trip rod of the PCVS. Replace the head and target assembly. Loosen the socket head screw that holds the nipple in the PCVS and remove the nipple. Screw the locknut that is provided onto the nipple. Screw the nipple into the 1/2" NP'f hole in the valve housing - hand tighten. Tighten the locknut against tile valve housing to secure the nipple firmly in place. Insert a scale or probe thru the nipple to measure the distance from the open end of the nipple to the target assembly. Subtract 1/2" (12.5mm) from this measurement. NOTE: In some cases, it may he necessary to attach an angle bracket to the target assembly io engage the PCVS trip rod. Using the special tool provided, loosen the two cover screws and remove the cover from the PCVS. Ii. Loosen the locking screw that holds the trip rod in place and adjust the rod length, from the end of the collar to the end of the rod, using the dimension determined in Step 9. Tighten the locking screw to hold the rod in place. NOTE: If trip rod length is excessive, loosen the locking screw and remove the trip rod fi'om the trip lever. Using pliers, break oil the one (I) inch long notched section (see Fig. 7). Reinstall trip rod and repeat Step II procedure. Partially close the valve 3 to 4 revolutions of the handle/hand wheel). Slide the PCVS unit as far as possible onto the nipple, observing which direction the rod will move when the valve is closed. Orient the device to actuate the switches when the valve is open. Tighten the socket head screw in the collar. Carethlly open the valve to the fully open position. As ihetarget moves to the open position it should engage the trip rod and actuate the switch(es). There should be a minimum overtravel of 1/2 revolution of the handle! hand wheel after the switch(es) actuate (a continuity meter connected to each set of contacts is one method that could he used to determine this). IS. Slowly close the valve. The switch must operate during the first two revolutions ofthe handhc/handwhcel or during I/S of the travel distance of the valve control apparatus from its normal condition. NOTE: Small adjustments of the target position may be necessary (consultation with valve manufacturer is recommended). Complete the required electrical wiring, connections and tests. The valve should be operated through the entire cycle of frilly closed and fully open to determine the integrity of the PCVS installation and the signaling system. Check that all electrical and mechanical connections are secure. When the installation and testing are complete, return valve to its proper position. Alternative installation for other post indicator valve housing shown in Fig. 5 and 6. I'.-GE 2 OF 4 I I I I I I I I I I I PRINTED IN USA MPG. f5400980 -REV V-i il/to Fig. 3 4? POTTER The Symbol of Protection Fig. 4 Refer to Fig. 2 for location of parts described in the following instructions: 131. Remove the 1/2" NPT plug from the gear operator case. B2. Loosen the set screw that holds the nipple in the PCVS and remove the nipple. Screw the locknut that is provided onto the nipple. Screw the nipple into the 1/2" NPThole in the gear opetator- hand tighten. Tighten the locknut against the case, to secure the nipple firmly in place. Partially close the valve (3 or 4 revolutions ol'the hand wheel or crank). Using the special tool provided, loosen the two cover screws and remove the cover from the PCVS. Loosen the locking screw that holds the trip rod in place. Estimate trip rod length required and extend slightly past that point. Slide the PCVS unit as far as possible onto the nipple, observing which direction the rod will move when the valve is closed. Orient the device to actuate switches when valve is open. Note: If trip rod length is excessive, loosen the locking screw and remove the trip rod from the trip lever. Using pliers, break off the one (1) inch long notched section (see Fig. 7). Reinstall trip rod and repeat Step 87 procedure. Remove device from nipple and withdraw trip rod 1/32" (0.80mm) (this dimension is important). Tighten the locking scrcwto hold the PCVS- 1, 2 CONTROL VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCH Fig. 5 Fig. 6 METAL PLvIi: REPLACES LiLIES PAR GF:r '.10', I S LII' AS VALVL IS 5115 1 DIVEM TAO-IS in the collar against the nipple. Note: In some cases it may be necessary to remove the gear box cover to ensure correct operation (consultation with the valve manufacturer is recommended). 89. Carefully open the valve to its full open position, as the boss on the gear hub moves to the open position it must engage the PCVS trip rod and actuate the switch(cs). There should he a minimum ovcrtravcl or revolution of the crank or hand wheel after the switch(es) actuate (a continuity meter connected to each set of contacts is one method that could be used to determine this). Note: Slightad justmentof'gearstopsrnay be necessary to prevent overtravel of the trip rod (consultation with valve manufacture is recommended). Bl0. Carefully close the valve. fheswitch(es)mustoperate during thefirst two revolutions of the conk or hand wheel or during 1/5 of the travel distance of the valve conprol apparatus from its normal condition. 1311. Complete the required electrical wiring, connections and tests. The valve should be operated through the entire cycle of fully closed and filly open to determine the integrity of the PCVS installation and signaling system. Check that all electrical and mechanical connections are secure. 812. When the installation and testing are complete, return valve to its proper position. I I EJ STEEL TRIPPiNG BLOCK - TA\IPFE REPLACE, SWITCH OPEN 'EASKIR TARGFT MOVES RO\VN AS SHUT AI TARGET \' 111,1 .VE1' MARKER ASSEMBLY Notes: I. Subject to the approval of the "authority havingjLrisdiction" the 2. If the target is stationary and a hood arrangement is used, such as alternate method of installation shown in Fig. 5 may be used. In is shown in Fig. 6, the hood must be drilled with a 23/32" drill and this method. one of the glass windows of the housing is replaced tapped with a 1/2" NPT. The center line of this hole should he 1/8' with a 1/4' thick metal plate that is cut to lit in place of the glass below the portion of target assembly that strikes the PCVS trip and drilled and tapped to receive the 1/2" NPT pipe nipple. In rod. The 11 3/8" dimensijn shown is for a Clow Valve. Flexible some cases it may he necessary to attach an angle bracket to the conduit must be used for -his type of installation. target assembly to engage the PCVS trip rod. Typical Installation On Alltitterfly Valve (See Figs. 9 And 10) rod in place. Re-install the device on the nipple. Tighten the screw Fig. 7 Breaking Excessive Rod length Fig. 8 Switch Terminal Connections Clamping Mate Terminji P Lim 44 A UTION An uninsulated section ofsinele conductor should not be looped around the terminal and serve as two separate connections. The wire must be severed, Coll thereby providing supervision of the connection in the event that the wire becomes dislodged from under the terminal. I)WE. '00.0 PRINTED iN USA MFG. #5400980- REV V-i PAGE 3 OF 4 11,110 I I I I I I I I I I I I I ii VALVE DIES I)WC,II ISA/i CV), POTTER The Symbol of Protection ITT Grinnell/Kennedy Indicating Dresser Indicating Butterfly Valve Butterfly Valve Fig. 10 Fin. 9 DwCS ASS-S PCVS-i, -2 CONTROL VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCH Typical Pressure Reducer Type Valve Installation Fig. II COLLAR LoCKNUT I/IS" I,6nlnO MTN. (tAt' L)WG 950.I1' Thisfigure showsthe Model PCVS mounted on thevalve yoke, with a bracket Supplied by the valve manufacturer, to supervise a pressure reducer type valve. Note: This application is subject to the approval of)he authority having jurisdiction. 13inin1 PBK - Pratt IBV Butterfly PVK - Pratt PIVA Post Valve Kit Indicator Valve Kit Fig. 12 (Stock No. 1000060) Fig. 13 MACHINE SCREW 1/5-32 BRACKE AND tOCl/iNt SUPPLIE WITH '1/ M0UNCI KIT Model PBK-L Stock No. 009013-1 MDT-45 Actuator) Model PBK-M Stock No. 0090146 (MDT-3S Actuator Model PBK-S Stock No. 0090133 Pratt Valve Kit as used to mount a PC_VS on a Pratt 0MD1 -2S Actuator) Model PR'i\ Valve, Pratt Butterfly Valve Kit as used to mount a PC\'S on a Pratt Model IBV Valve Kit contains Instructions, template, screw and nut Kits contain: Bracket, nuts and instructions Note: This application is subject to the approval of the Note: 'This application is subject to the approval of the authority having jurisdiction, authority having jurisdiction. PRINTEt) IN USA MFG #5400980 - REV V-I It/to I H I I I H H [7] Lot; 13011 Typical Electrical Connections Please Note: This device should be wired in accordance with the applicable parts of the National Electrical Code, all state and local codes, applicable NFPA Standards and the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction. Fig. 14 U\LCIIscLflrr N.a r Ni..INDICATING E, POWER FOR I 1J '.)VICE iNDlCATINIJ DEVICE 'P0 SCI'FRViSOsY Ct L~T RCUiTOFCON'rIiOL END OF LINE PANEL C, N. A N.C.RESiSTOP, Contacts shown in normal (valve open) condition Typical Switch Action OPEN VALVE 10511105 P1.0551) VALVE POSITION CL'S/i. SW/il &"J SWAt h S.C. cOM. SW 112 SW 52 S.C. 0/VOl 15501 Switches Shown in Valve Open Position PAGE 4 OF 4 H I I : INNOVATIVE - FIRE PROTECTION INC. 1, I I I I 2) Sprinkkrs I I I I I I I I I I 8779 Cottonwood Ave., Ste. 101 - Santee, CA 92071 - T.. 619.593.8200 - F: 19.593.9133 fpinc.net . CA License C.16.711148 I I Page 1 of 8 SENJU SPRINKLER CO., LTD. Residential Lead Free Flat Concealed Sprinkler, Pendent, 11 1 Model: RC-RES, K-Factor: 4.9, SIN: SS8464 iL4 GENERAL DESCRIPTION The Model RC-RES Residential Flat Concealed Sprinklers are automatic sprinklers of the compressed fusible solder type. They are decorative and fast responding. The Cover Plate Assembly hides the Deflector, Heat Responsive Element etc., which is concealed above the ceiling; The cover plate has a flat profile, and its diameter is extremely small (2-5/8 inch, 68mm). The push-on and/or thread-on, thread-off design of the concealed cover plate assembly allows for easy installation of the cover plate. Therefore, the Model RC-RES should be your first choice when aesthetics is the major consideration for ultimate appeal and unbeatable performance is desired. The Model RC-RES is designed for residential occupancies and is perfect for use in homes, hotels and other living quarters. The Model RC-RES is to be used in wet pipe residential sprinkler systems for One- and Two- Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes per NFPA 13D; wet pipe residential sprinkler systems for Residential Occupancies up to and Including Four Stories in Height per NFPA 13R; or, wet pipe sprinkler systems for the residential portions of any occupancies per NFPA 13. The Model RC-RES has a 4.9 (70.6 LPM/bar1°) K-factor that meets the required residential flow rates with minimal residual pressure, which allows for smaller pipe sizes and water supply requirements. For extended installation flexibility, the Model RC-RES provides 1/2 inch (12.8mm) vertical adjustment. This adjustment in installation decreases the need for precise cutting of the pipe that drops to the sprinkler and allows for a perfect fit with a range of pipe lengths. The heat sensitivity and water distribution design of Model RC-RES allows for an increased chance of residents to escape or evacuate in case of a fire. However, residential fire sprinkler systems are not a substitute for fire safety awareness or fire safety construction required by building codes. "Lead Free" is defined in the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act (8.3874) endorsed by AWWA's Water Utility Council, and California Assembly Bill #1953 as having less than or equal to a weighted average of 0.25% lead in wetted surface of pipes, plumbing fittings and fixtures. WARNINGS The Model RC-RES must be installed and maintained in accordance with the rules stated herein as well as in compliance with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Association regulations and the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. In the event of this condition, consult the authorities having jurisdiction for guidance and approval. Failure to do so may impair the integrity of these devices. It is the responsibility of the installing contractor to provide a copy of this document to the owner or their representative, and in turn, it is the obligation of the owner to provide a copy of this document to a succeeding owner. The owner is responsible for maintaining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating condition. The installing contractor or sprinkler manufacturer should be contacted with any related questions. I I I Document No. U085166 Date . Jul/08/2019 I I I Li I I I I I I TECHNICAL DATA Page :2of8 I Approvals: ULu,, Listed, NSF-61 -G Sprinkler Identification Number (SIN): SS8464 Maximum Working Pressure: 175psi (12.1bar) Discharge Coefficient (Nominal K-Factor): K=4.9 GPM/psi112 (70.6 LPM/bar112) Temperature Rating: 162°F (72°C) Sprinkler with 140°F (60°C) Cover Plate 175°F (79°C) Sprinkler with 140°F (60°C) Cover Plate 175°F (79°C) Sprinkler with 162°F (72°C) Cover Plate 205°F (96°C) Sprinkler with 162°F (72°C) Cover Plate Color Code (Sprinkler) 162°F (72°C): Uncolored 175°F (790C): White 205°F (960C): White Color Code (Cover Plate) 140°F (60°C): No Mark 162°F (72°C): White-Colored Mark Vertical Adjustment: 1/2 inch (12.8 mm) Cover Plate Finishes: Standard Finishes- White, Ivory, Beige, Brown, Black, Nickel, Wood Grain Custom Finishes- Custom color and custom pattern cover plates are available on special order. Contact a Senju Sprinkler representative with any custom orders. Please see chart on Page 8 for more detail. Physical Characteristics: Ref. Figures 1 and 1-1 2-l/6" - V Lot o. • '., year of Manufacture SIN ç-f. mo (4; . T-rraturoRarg 162F-72C or 1, Mark or 205 F 40 I -C ntrol No. .p,y rNSFMar,.?Sr !LS SPKR — (40 0IV Alley) Da4octor (Po'pFo,-s Bronze) 2-5/8" ( .!i (>k'v. ') - . .- Metal (Solder,) or 4 ret Co ctor tCopaert 0IatcAsv B. Covr -b.j FIGURE 1. Model RC-RES K-4.9 M1th (Dokaotoi) IHSIN $$B4i4 K-factor, K4.9 Color Coo / Temperature atkr -.-,,--,.., / •2E/I2C 'S ......UL Mark or 205F/06-C COVER PLATE SPRINKLER (Top view) (Bottom view) FIGURE 1-1. Marking (Color Code) I I I I LJ I I I [11 OPERATION In case of fire, the solder component that holds together the Cover Plate and the Retainer melts. Then the Cover Plate is released at once. As a result, the Deflector drops down to the intended position. Two Heat Collectors are exposed to fire, and when sufficient heat from the fire is reached, internal components of the sprinkler fall apart. This leads to the water flow to be distributed on the affected fire area. (Ref. Figure 2) iL- Jh 14 Narrn& Condition Coeer Plate Operation Sprinkler Operation Water Diotherpe FIGURE 2. OPERATION PROCESS (The figure is for illustrative purposes only) Document No. U085166 Date Jul/08/2019 I I I I I I F~ I I Page :3 of I DESIGN CRITERIA The herein stated rules for use and installation of Model RC-RES are provided by the manufacturer and must be strictly implemented for safe and full results. I NOTES Residential Fire Sprinkler Systems should only be designed and installed by individuals who are completely familiar I with automatic sprinkler system design, installation procedures, and techniques. Several criteria may apply to the installation and usage of each sprinkler. Consequently, it is recommended that the sprinkler system designer review and develop a working understanding of the complete list of criteria prior to initiating the design of the sprinkler system. I Questions concerning sprinkler installation and usage criteria, which are not covered by the following instructions, should be submitted to your contracted company. Include sketches and technical details, as appropriate. In some instances, the requirements of this document may concern specifications which are more stringent, and which take precedence over those specified in NFPA 13, 130, 13R, or by the authority having jurisdiction. I The Model RC-RES must not be used in applications where the air pressure above the ceiling is greater than that below. Inspect all sprinklers after installation to ensure that both the gap between the cover plate, ceiling and the 6 slots in the cup are open and free from any air flow impediment. The spray from the sprinkler is distributed radially outward and downward from the sprinkler deflector. Consequently, I the sprinklers must be located such that there will be no blind spaces shielded from spray by partitions, room dividers, overhangs or other parts of the dwelling structure. The number of sprinklers within each compartment (as defined by NFPA 13, 130, or 13R) must be kept as few as possible. Do NOT use more sprinklers than necessary to cover a particular space. I Use only the Cover Plate provided for the Model RC-RES. The sprinkler must be secured in place by firmly fastening the sprinkler system piping to the structure. If the sprinkler is not properly secured in position, reaction forces resulting from sprinkler operation could alter its orientation and its water distribution pattern. Obstruction to Water Distribution Locations of sprinklers must follow the obstruction rules of NFPA 13, 13D and 13R for Residential Sprinklers. General Service Conditions The Model RC-RES must only be utilized in WET PIPE sprinkler systems. Heat Source Criteria Refer to NFPA 13D, 13R or 13 for the requirements relating to the prevention of possible activation of the Heat Responsive Element of Model RC-RES, due to the exposure of a heat source other than an actual fire. Available Sprinkler Temperature Ratings Sprinkler Temperature Classification Sprinkler Nominal Temperature Rating Maximum Ambient Ceiling Temperature Temperature Rating of the Cover Plate Assembly Ordinary 162°F (72°C) 100°F (38°C) 140°F (60°C) Intermediate 175°F (79°C) 150°F (66°C) 140°F (60°C) Intermediate 175°F (79°C) 150°F (66°C) 162°F (72°C) Intermediate 205°F (96°C) 150°F (66°C) 162°F (72°C) 1) Maximum ambient temperature for the Cover Plate Assembly is 100°F (38°C). Precautionary Warnings for Corrosive Environments Model RC-RES sprinklers should not be installed where they may be subjected to a corrosive environment including the following: Chlorine ion and Chloride environment. Stress corrosion cracking may be caused by exposure to environments with Chlorine ion and Chloride. Exposure to this environment may result in sprinklers operating under Non-Fire conditions or Not Operating when exposed to an actual fire. Sprinkler system piping with Copper. Sprinkler systems should be constructed in compliance with the applicable standards and the requirements for copper piping when copper piping is used in the sprinkler system. (Reference standards NFPA 13, ASTM B813, B828, and CDA (Copper Development Association) - Solder Joint) All residual flux must be removed from the interior and exterior of the copper piping by thoroughly flushing before installation of the Sprinkler Heads. Otherwise, residues of flux may cause corrosion and/or leakage in the sprinkler system. Document No. U085166 Date : Jul/08/2019 I I I Li I I I I 1 Page :4of8 I Hydraulic Design Criteria The minimum required sprinkler flow rates for systems designed to NFPA 13D or 13R are given in TABLE A as a function of temperature rating and the maximum allowable coverage area. The sprinkler flow rate is the minimum required discharge from the most hydraulically demanding sprinkler from each of the total number of design sprinklers" as specified in NFPA 13D or 13R. For systems designed to NFPA 13, the number of designed sprinklers is to be the four most hydraulically demanding sprinklers. The minimum required discharge from each of the four sprinklers is to be the greater of the following: The flow rates given in TABLE A for NFPA 130 and 13R as a function of temperature rating and maximum allowable coverage area. A minimum discharge of O.IGPM/sq.ft. [4.07LPM/sq.m] over the "design area" comprised of the four most hydraulically demanding sprinklers for the actual coverage area being protected by the four sprinklers. TABLE A. NFPA 13D & 13R WET PIPE HYDRAULIC DESIGN CRITERIA for Model SS8464 For systems with ceiling types smooth flat horizontal, or beamed, or sloped, in accordance with NFPA 13D, 13R or 13 as applicable. Ordinary Intermediate Intermediate Maximum Maximum Temperature Rating Temperature Rating Temperature Rating Minimum Coverage Area Spacing 162°F (72°C) 175°F (79°C) 205°F (96°C) Deflector Installation Spacing Ft. to Type Ft. Flow Pressure Ft. x Ft.Ceiling Flow Pressure Flow(b)Pressure (mxm) (m) GPM PSI GPM PSI GPM PSI (m) (LPM) (bar) (LPM) (bar) (LPM) (bar) 12x12 12 13 7.0 13 7.0 13 7.0 Smooth (3.7x3.7) (3.7) (49.2) (0.48) (49.2) (0.48) (49.2) (0.48) Ceilings 3/8 to 7/8 1014 14 13 7.0 13 7.0 13 7.0 Inches. (4.3x4.3) (4.3) (49.2) (0.48) (49.2) (0.48) (49.2) (0.48) Beamed Ceilings 16x16 16 13 7.0 13 7.0 per NFPA 13D, 13R Concealed 8 (4.9x4.9) (4.9) (49.2) (0.48) - - (49.2) (0.48) or 13 (2.4) Installed in 18x18 18 17 12.0 17 12.0 beam (5.5x5.5) (5.5) (64.4) (0.83) - (64.4) (0.83) 3/8to7/8 inches below 20x20 20 21 18.4 21 18.4 bottom of (6.1x6.1) (6.1) (79.5) (1.27) - - (79.5) (1.27) beam. For coverage area dimensions less than the above mentioned, it needs to use the minimum required flow for the Next Higher Coverage Area listed. Requirement is based on minimum flow in GPM (LPM) from each sprinkler. The associated residual pressures are calculated using the nominal K-Factor. Refer to Hydraulic Design Criteria Section for details. Sprinkler Spacing Criteria The minimum spacing between sprinklers is 8 feet (2.4m). The maximum spacing between sprinklers cannot go beyond the coverage area calculated by using the specific hydraulic factors. (Ref. TABLE A) 1 I P P. I I I I I I I I Document No. U085166 Date . Jul/08/2019 I I I Page 5 of 8 INSTALLATION The Model RC-RES must be installed in accordance with the following instructions: NOTES Do not use any sprinklers which have been subjected to potential mechanical damage. Do not use any sprinklers which show deformation or cracking in either the Sprinkler or the Protective Cap. Prior to installation, sprinklers should be maintained in the original cartons and packaging until used to minimize the potential for damage to the sprinklers that could cause improper operation or non-operation. The Protective Cap must remain on the sprinkler during installation. After the installation is completed, the Protective Cap must be removed to place the sprinkler in service. Use a torque of 7 to 14 ftlbs (9.5 to 19.0 Nm) to achieve a 1/2 inch NPT sprinkler joint. If you exceed the recommended maximum torque, this could result in damage to the sprinkler inlet, which may lead to leakage from the sprinkler. Use only NR-H model wrench socket for installation of RC-RES sprinklers. Use of any other wrench or socket is prohibited and may cause damage to the sprinkler. In case of insufficient adjustment in Cover Plate installation, do not try to overly tighten, screw the sprinkler too loosely or make any modification to the cover plate assembly. Readjust the sprinkler fitting for a better fit. Do not rotate the Cap Remover RC to the left with force when placing the two hook arms into place. The installed sprinkler may become loosened, which may cause water leakage. I Installing Procedure Step I The installation requirements for the sprinkler are as follows: to be installed only in the pendent position with the waterway perpendicular to the ceiling. Install the sprinkler fitting so that the distance from the face of the fitting to the mounting surface will be nominally 2 inches (50.8mm) as shown in Figure 3. Step 2 With pipe thread sealant applied to the threads, hand tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Then tighten it with the Socket NR-H or Ratchet (3/8" drive) & Socket NR-H Combination (Ref. Figure 4). The teeth of the Socket must fit perfectly with the grooves on the Sprinkler for proper installation (Ref. Figure 4). Step 3 If desired, the Protective Cap may also be used to locate the center of the clearance hole by gently pushing the ceiling material against the center point of the Protective Cap. Before the installation of the ceiling, the sprinkler installation can be started with a 2-3/8 inch (60mm) diameter clearance hole (Ref. Figure 3). Use the Vertical Adjustment" indicator on the Protective Cap to check for proper installation height (Ref. Figure 3). Step 4 Use the Cap Remover RC to remove the Protective Cap (Ref. Figure 5), and then push or screw a Cover Plate Assembly on the Cup of the Sprinkler by hand until its flange just has contact with the ceiling (Ref. Figure 6 and Figure 7). Stop tightening the Cover Plate Assembly once the flange has contact with the ceiling. If the ceiling has been lifted from its normal position in the process of tightening the Cover Plate Assembly, readjust the cover plate assembly as necessary. If the flange of the Cover Plate Assembly cannot contact the ceiling sufficiently, readjust the sprinkler fitting as necessary. When properly installed, there is a nominal 1/16 inch (1.6mm) air gap between the lip of the Cover Plate and the ceiling, as shown in Figure 6. Make a Space Here : Ave. 1;14" (6ArarrO i ,.-.. C,øoya on the Sprinkler ri: *_ . wtl I. Protective Cap - .---....-.- Ratchet _______ p. , ......... __...................................... , 1 (-.- 1 I Mounting 2-,8 - . ( Ceifingo' Oaa,et' conrwfIj NconrEcr FIGURE 3. INSTALLATION FIGURE 4. RATCHET & SOCKET Document No. U085166 Date . Jul/08/2019 I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I Hok 1 t Pfl Step i Step 2 Step 3 FIGURE 5. PROTECTIVE CAP REMOVAL Page 6 of 8 rn1I. / Oetor! ml or31l4 3mei) er 2S tuere (fl6eee) FIGURE 6. INSTALLATION (COVER PLATE ASSEMBLY) 40 91 .---- .................................................... fWORREC'fl _______ flNCORRSC1 FIGURE 7. INSTALLATION (CORRECT and INCORRECT) Document No. U085166 Date Jul/08/2019 I I 17~ CARE AND MAINTENANCE The following instructions must be implemented for the maintenance and service of the Model RC-RES. Page 7 of 8 NOTES Wet pipe sprinkler systems must be maintained at a minimum temperature of 40°F/4°C to prevent freezing and bursting of the pipe and/or sprinklers. Automatic sprinklers are not to be tested with a heat source. Operation of the heat responsive element can result. Absence of a Cover Plate Assembly may delay the response time of the sprinkler in case of a fire. Install the cover plate assembly properly, as shown in Figure 6. Improper installation of the cover plate assembly may cause improper operation or non-operation. If the ceiling is to be repainted after the installation of the Sprinkler, care must be exercised to ensure that the new paint does not seal off any of the air gap. Factory painted Cover Plates must not be repainted. They should be replaced, if necessary, by factory painted cover plates. Non-factory applied paint may adversely delay or prevent sprinkler operation in case of a fire. Do not pull the Cover Plate. Separation may result. In preparation for maintenance of the fire protection system, permission to close the main control valve must be obtained from the proper authorities, and all affected parties by this action, and must be informed before the maintenance session can commence. Do NOT enclose any sprinklers within drapes, curtains, or valances. Do NOT hang anything from the sprinklers. Do NOT clean the sprinklers with soap and/or water, detergents, ammonia, cleaning fluids, or other chemicals. Remove dust, lint, cobwebs, cocoons, insects, and larvae by gently brushing with a feather duster or gently vacuuming with a soft bristle (i.e., dusting) brush attachment. Exercise suitable safety precautions in the use and storage of highly flammable materials. The rapid rate of fire development and spread of these materials can reduce the ability of the sprinkler system to aid in the control of a fire involving such hazards. Leaking or corroded sprinklers must be replaced, Automatic Sprinklers must be kept in a cool and dry place. Automatic sprinklers must never be physically altered, such as painted, plated, or coated, once shipped from the factory. If the sprinklers have been in any way modified, they must be replaced. Great caution must be applied to prevent damage to the sprinklers at all stages - before, during, and after installation. Damaged units because of dropping, hitting, over-tightening, or wrench slippage, must be replaced. The Model RC-RES must only be replaced with pendent sprinklers which are listed for residential fire protection service and which have the same nominal K-Factor, the same coverage area, and the same or lower flow ratings (as indicated under TABLE A "Hydraulic Design Criteria"). When remodeling, such as by adding false beams or light fixtures or changing the location of compartment walls, first verify that the new construction will not violate the installation requirements of the applicable standards of NFPA. Alter the new construction and/or the sprinkler system to suit the requirements of this document and the applicable NFPA regulations. The owner is responsible for the maintenance of the sprinkler system, including inspection and testing of its compliance with this document, as well as the standards of the National Fire Protection Association (e.g., NFPA 25), and the regulations of any other authorities having jurisdiction. The owner should direct any questions regarding the above rules and regulations to the installing contractors or the sprinkler manufacturer. It is recommended that automatic sprinkler systems be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspection Service in accordance with NFPA 25. Limited Warranty For details of warranty, refer to Sales Contract. I H I Document No. U085166 Date Jul/08/2019 I I I n I I Li I LI H H I I Page 8 of 8 ORDER PROCEDURE When placing an order, please contact a local distributor with the following information (Model Name, Temperature Rating and Finish). Sprinkler Model: RC-RES (SIN: SS8464, Residential Flat Concealed Sprinkler, Pendent, K4.9, Temperature, 162°F (72°C) or 175°F (79°C) or 205-F (96°C)) Cover Plate Assembly 2-5/8 inch (68mm) or 3-1/4 inch (83mm) or 2-5/8 inch square (I68mm), Order Separately from Sprinkler Please refer to the chart below for available sizes, temperature, and finishes. Standard Finishes Custom Finishes White Ivory Beige Brown Black Nickel Copper Wood Grain Custom Color Custom Pattern 2-5/8" Round, 140°F o o - - - - - - o o 3-1/4" Round, 140°F a a a a a a a a a a 2-5/8" Square, 140°F a - - - - - - - a a 2-5/8" Round, 162°F a - - - - - - - 0 0 3-1/4" Round, 162°F 0 - - - - - - - 0 0 Tools for Installation of Model RC-RES Socket NR-H For use with a 3/8" drive ratchet (not included) Socket NR-H Plastic For use with a 1/2" drive ratchet (not included) Cap Remover RC Document No. U085166 Date Jul/08/2019 I I Page 1 of 7 SENJU SPRINKLER CO., LTD. Commercial Flat Concealed Sprinkler, Pendent, Quick Response, Standard Coverage, Model: RC-QR, K-Factor: 5.6, SIN: SS9561 LJI GENERAL DESCRIPTION The Model RC-QR Commercial Flat Concealed Sprinklers are automatic sprinklers of the compressed fusible solder type. They are decorative and quick responding. The Cover Plate Assembly hides the Deflector, Heat Responsive Element etc. which is concealed above the ceiling. The cover plate has a flat profile, and its diameter is extremely small (2-5/8 inch, 68mm). The push-on and/or thread-on, thread-off design of the concealed cover plate assembly allows for easy installation of the cover plate. Therefore, the Model RC-QR should be your first choice when aesthetics is the major consideration for ultimate appeal and unbeatable performance is desired. They are to be installed per NFPA 13 guidelines. The Model RC-QR has a 5.6 (80.6 LPM/bar112) K-factor. For extended installation flexibility, the Model RC-QR provides 1/2 inch (12.8mm) vertical adjustment. This adjustment in installation decreases the need for precise cutting of the pipe that drops to the sprinkler and allows for a perfect fit with a range of pipe lengths. The heat sensitivity and water distribution design of Model RC-QR allows for an increased chance of occupants to escape or evacuate in case of a fire. However, fire sprinkler systems are not a substitute for fire safety awareness or fire safety construction required by building codes. WARNINGS The Model RC-QR must be installed and maintained in accordance with the rules stated herein as well as in compliance with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Association regulations and the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. In the event of this condition, consult the authorities having jurisdiction for guidance and approval. Failure to do so may impair the integrity of these devices. It is the responsibility of the installing contractor to provide a copy of this document to the owner or their representative, and in turn, it is the obligation of the owner to provide a copy of this document to a succeeding owner. The owner is responsible for maintaining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating condition. The installing contractor or sprinkler manufacturer should be contacted with any related questions. I I I I I I Document No. U036889 Date . Jan/11/2019 I I I I I I I I I Page 2 of 7 TECHNICAL DATA Approvals: UL8 Listed I as Quick Response FM Approved I as Standard Response Sprinkler Identification Number (SIN): SS9561 Maximum Working Pressure: 175psi (12.1bar) Discharge Coefficient (Nominal K-Factor): K5.6 GPM/psi1'2 (80.6 LPMIbar112) Temperature Rating: 162°F (72°C) Sprinkler with 140°F (60°C) Cover Plate 205°F (96°C) Sprinkler with 140°F (60°C) Cover Plate 205°F (96°C) Sprinkler with 162°F (72°C) Cover Plate Color Code (Sprinkler) 162°F (72°C): Uncolored 205°F (96°C): White Color Code (Cover Plate) 140°F (60°C): No Mark 162°F (72°C): White-Colored Mark Vertical Adjustment: 1/2 inch (12.8 mm) Cover Plate Finishes: Standard Finishes- White, Ivory, Beige, Brown, Black, Nickel, Wood Grain Custom Finishes- Custom color and custom pattern cover plates are available on special order. Contact a Senju Sprinkler representative with any custom orders. Please see chart on page 7 for more detail. Physical Characteristics: Ref. Figures 1 and 1-1 3..... -. . .S —Lot No. Year of Manufacture SIN SS956I - ihctcs' 1(56 .4 . romporatu o Rating 2r72C o2O51.S6C . 'Co,tvoNo., 17'R UI. Mark FM Marl( 8ai,' ,Oopoef Alloy, I)trtor (Phst opo 'S eropwe) Gasket (PT1I 2-5/8-(b 68' Fu.s,bia Metal (oIdur) 't Codu.. tor- 6. C'.'m Pato A.'ei L y or 1. oVy Is 8i'i-, IUtm FIGURE 1. Model RC-QR K5.6 COVER PLATE SPRINKLER Ciop view) 6ottoin vIew) FIGURE 1-1. Marking (Color Code) MousIng Ufl0000) SIN: $59561 / K-hictor 1(9,6 / rTmnporaturn Rating: / . 182 Ff720 or 205'F/960 UL Mark C ?- EM MoTh OPERATION In case of fire, the solder component that holds together the Cover Plate and the Retainer melts. Then the Cover Plate is released at once. As a result, the Deflector drops down to the intended position. Two Heat Collectors are exposed to fire, and when sufficient heat from the fire is reached, internal components of the sprinkler fall apart. This leads to the water flow to be distributed on the affected fire area. (Ref. Figure 2) Ii j7 " 'm J411*L-J .2.' , -- -- Normal Condition Cover Pinto Operation Sprinkler Opuratsor, WOtor Dtoharg FIGURE 2. OPERATION PROCESS (The figure is for illustrative purposes only) Document No. U036.989 Date Jan/11/2019 I I I Page 3 of 7 DESIGN CRITERIA The Model RC-QR sprinklers are listed by UL and C-UL as quick response I standard coverage for use in accordance with NFPA. Also the Model RC-QR is FM Approved as a Standard Response for Non-Corrosive Atmospheres. The herein stated rules for use and installation of the Model RC-QR are provided by the manufacturer and must be strictly implemented for safe and full results. NOTES Fire Sprinkler Systems should only be designed and installed by individuals who are completely familiar with automatic sprinkler system design, installation procedures, and techniques. Several criteria may apply to the installation and usage of each sprinkler. Consequently, it is recommended that the sprinkler system designer review and develop a working understanding of the complete list of criteria prior to initiating the design of the sprinkler system. Questions concerning sprinkler installation and usage criteria, which are not covered by the following instructions, should be submitted to your contracted company. Include sketches and technical details, as appropriate. In some instances, the requirements of this document may concern specifications which are more stringent, and which take precedence over those specified in NFPA 13 or by the authority having jurisdiction. The Model RC-QR must not be used in applications where the air pressure above the ceiling is greater than that below. Inspect all sprinklers after installation to ensure that both the gap between the cover plate, ceiling and the 6 slots in the cup are open and free from any air flow impediment. The spray from the sprinkler is distributed radially outward and downward from the sprinkler deflector. Consequently, the sprinklers must be located such that there will be no blind spaces shielded from spray by partitions, room dividers, overhangs or other parts of the dwelling structure. The number of sprinklers within each compartment (as defined by NFPA 13) must be kept as few as possible. Do NOT use more sprinklers than necessary to cover a particular space. Use only the Cover Plate provided for the Model RC-QR. The sprinkler must be secured in place by firmly fastening the sprinkler system piping to the structure. If the sprinkler is not properly secured in position, reaction forces resulting from sprinkler operation could alter its orientation and its water distribution pattern. Obstruction to Water Distribution Locations of sprinklers must follow the obstruction rules of NFPA 13. General Service Conditions The Model RC-QR must only be utilized in sprinkler systems per NFPA 13 guidelines. Operational Sensitivity Criteria For proper operational sensitivity, the Model RC-QR must be installed beneath a solid ceiling having a smooth or textured surface. Heat Source Criteria Refer to NFPA 13 for the requirements relating to the prevention of possible activation of the Heat Responsive Element of Model RC-QR, due to the exposure of a heat source other than an actual fire. Available Sprinkler Temperature Ratings Sprinkler Temperature Classification Sprinkler Nominal Temperature Rating Maximum Ambient Ceiling Temperature Temperature Rating of the Cover Plate Assembly Ordinary 162°F (72°C) 100°F (38°C) 140°F (60°C) Intermediate 205°F (96°C) 150°F (66°C) 140°F (60°C) 1) Intermediate 205°F (96°C) 150°F (66°C) 162°F (72°C) 1) Maximum ambient temperature for the Cover Plate Assembly is 100°F (38°C). I I I Document No. U036889 Date . Jan/11/2019 I I I I I I I 1 I H I I I I Page 4 of 7 Precautionary Warnings for Corrosive Environments Model RC-QR sprinklers should not be installed where they may be subjected to a corrosive environment including the following: Chlorine ion and Chloride environment. Stress corrosion cracking may be caused by exposure to environments with Chlorine ion and Chloride. Exposure to this environment may result in sprinklers operating under Non-Fire conditions or Not Operating when exposed to an actual fire. Sprinkler system piping with Copper. Sprinkler systems should be constructed in compliance with the applicable standards and the requirements for copper piping when copper piping is used in the sprinkler system. (Reference standards NFPA 13, ASTM B813, B828, and CDA (Copper Development Association) - Solder Joint) All residual flux must be removed from the interior and exterior of the copper piping by thoroughly flushing before installation of the Sprinkler Heads. Otherwise, residues of flux may cause corrosion and/or leakage in the sprinkler system. INSTALLATION The Model RC-QR must be installed in accordance with the following instructions: NOTES Do not use any sprinklers which have been subjected to potential mechanical damage. Do not use any sprinklers which show deformation or cracking in either the Sprinkler or the Protective Cap. Prior to installation, sprinklers should be maintained in the original cartons and packaging until used to minimize the potential for damage to the sprinklers that could cause improper operation or non-operation. The Protective Cap must remain on the sprinkler during installation. After the installation is completed, the Protective Cap must be removed to place the sprinkler in service. Use a torque of 7 to 14 ftlbs (9.5 to 19.0 Nm) to achieve a 1/2 inch NPT sprinkler joint. If you exceed the recommended maximum torque, this could result in damage to the sprinkler inlet, which may lead to leakage from the sprinkler. Use only NR-H model wrench socket for installation of RC-QR sprinklers. Use of any other wrench or socket is prohibited and may cause damage to the sprinkler. In case of insufficient adjustment in Cover Plate installation, do not try to overly tighten, screw the sprinkler too loosely or make any modification to the cover plate assembly. Readjust the sprinkler fitting for a better fit. Do not rotate the Cap Remover RC to the left with force when placing the two hook arms into place. The installed sprinkler may become loosened, which may cause water leakage. Installing Procedure Step I The installation requirements for the sprinkler are as follows: to be installed only in the pendent position with the waterway perpendicular to the ceiling. Install the sprinkler fitting so that the distance from the face of the fitting to the mounting surface will be nominally 2 inches (50.8mm) as shown in Figure 3. Step 2 With pipe thread sealant applied to the threads, hand tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Then tighten it with the Socket NR-H or Ratchet (3/8" drive) & Socket NR-H Combination (Ref. Figure 4). The teeth of the Socket must fit perfectly with the grooves on the Sprinkler for proper installation (Ref. Figure 4). Step 3 If desired, the Protective Cap may also be used to locate the center of the clearance hole by gently pushing the ceiling material against the center point of the Protective Cap. Before the installation of the ceiling, the sprinkler installation can be started with a 2-3/8 inch (60mm) diameter clearance hole (Ref. Figure 3). Use the 'Vertical Adjustment" indicator on the Protective Cap to check for proper installation height (Ref. Figure 3). Step 4 Use the Cap Remover RC Tool to remove the Protective Cap (Ref. Figure 5), and then push or screw a Cover Plate Assembly on the Cup of the Sprinkler by hand until its flange just has contact with the ceiling (Ref. Figure 6 and Figure 7). Stop tightening the Cover Plate Assembly once the flange has contact with the ceiling. If the ceiling has been lifted from its normal position in the process of tightening the Cover Plate Assembly, readjust the cover plate assembly as necessary. If the flange of the Cover Plate Assembly cannot contact the ceiling sufficiently, readjust the sprinkler fitting as necessary. When properly installed, there is a nominal 1/16 inch (1.6mm) air gap between the lip of the Cover Plate and the ceiling, as shown in Figure 6. I I I LI Li I I I I I I I I I I LI I Document No. U036889 Date Jan/11/2019 I I I I Page 5 of 7 I I I I Ma1 Do Not S; ace H(. - Av Ti venical A . -.. \ A . A. : 8" S rfet,t'Ceiling Hole Diameter LIN_CORRECT I FIGURE 3. INSTALLATION Groove on the Spr/oket °tecuvr Cap FIGURE 4. RATCHET & SOCKET Hook up Sprinkler Head P,vtecii've CIO / U \ r"i: Cop P ovet PC p ' J1 t —I 'I /) - PA down Step 1 Stop 2 Step FIGURE 5. PROTECTIVE CAP REMOVAL 7_' 7 Mountwg /Ile Defle,ctor/ -.Cover Plate Assembly or 3-I . - or UL on'y 2-818"sqooro (068oto) FIGURE 6. INSTALLATION (COVER PLATE ASSEMBL)2 Document No. U036889 Date . Jan/i 112019 I I I I I I I I I I I I I Page 6 of 7 - : - ...... 4~ X ucoHprcr: CORRECT INCORRECT FIGURE 7. INSTALLATION (CORRECT and INCORRECT) CARE AND MAINTENANCE The following instructions must be implemented for the maintenance and service of the Model RC-QR. NOTES Wet pipe sprinkler systems must be maintained at a minimum temperature of 40°F/40C to prevent freezing and bursting of the pipe and/or sprinklers. Automatic sprinklers are not to be tested with a heat source. Operation of the heat responsive element can result. Absence of a Cover Plate Assembly may delay the response time of the sprinkler in case. of a fire. Install the cover plate assembly properly, as shown in Figure 6. Improper installation of the cover plate assembly may cause improper operation or non-operation. If the ceiling is to be repainted after the installation of the Sprinkler, care must be exercised to ensure that the new paint does not seal off any of the air gap. Factory painted Cover Plates must not be repainted. They should be replaced, if necessary, by factory painted cover plates. Non-factory applied paint may adversely delay or prevent sprinkler operation in case of a fire. Do not pull the Cover Plate. Separation may result. In preparation for maintenance of the fire protection system, permission to close the main control valve must be obtained from the proper authorities, and all affected parties by this action, and must be informed before the maintenance session can commence. Do NOT enclose any sprinklers within drapes, curtains, or valances. Do NOT hang anything from the sprinklers. Do NOT clean the sprinklers with soap and/or water, detergents, ammonia, cleaning fluids, or other chemicals. Remove dust, lint, cobwebs, cocoons, insects, and larvae by gently brushing with a feather duster or gently vacuuming with a soft bristle (i.e., dusting) brush attachment. Exercise suitable safety precautions in the use and storage of highly flammable materials. The rapid rate of fire development and spread of these materials can reduce the ability of the sprinkler system to aid in the control of a fire involving such hazards. Leaking or corroded sprinklers must be replaced. Automatic Sprinklers must be kept in a cool and dry place. Automatic sprinklers must never be physically altered, such as painted, plated, or coated, once shipped from the factory. If the sprinklers have been in any way modified, they must be replaced. Great caution must be applied to prevent damage to the sprinklers at all stages - before, during, and after installation. Damaged units because of dropping, hitting, over-tightening, or wrench slippage, must be replaced. When remodeling, such as by adding false beams or light fixtures or changing the location of compartment walls, first verify that the new construction will not violate the installation requirements of the applicable standards of NFPA. Alter the new construction and/or the sprinkler system to suit the requirements of this document and the applicable NFPA regulations. The owner is responsible for the maintenance of the sprinkler system, including inspection and testing of its compliance with this document, as well as the standards of the National Fire Protection Association (e.g., NFPA 25), and the regulations of any other authorities having jurisdiction. The owner should direct any questions regarding the above rules and regulations to the installing contractors or the sprinkler manufacftrer. It is recommended that automatic sprinkler systems be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspection Service in accordance with NFPA 25. Document No. U03688. Date : Jan/1 1/2019 I I 1 I I I I I I I I L I U I I I I I I I Page .• 7 of 7 I ORDER PROCEDURE When placing an order, please contact a local distributor with the following information (Model Name, Temperature Rating and Finish). I Sprinkler Model: RC-QR (5S9561, Quick Response, Standard Coverage, Flat Concealed Sprinkler, Pendent, K5.6, I Temperature: 162°F (72°C) or 205°F (96°C)) Cover Plate Assembly I Listed :2-5/8 inch (0 68mm) or 3-1/4 inch ((b 83mm) or 2-5/8 inch square (068mm), Order Separately from Sprinkler FM Approved :2-5/8 inch (0 68mm) or 3-1/4 inch (0 83mm) , Order Separately from Sprinkler Please refer to the chart below for available sizes, and finishes. Standard Finishes Custom Finishes White Ivory Beige Brown Black Nickel Copper Wood Grain Custom Color Custom Pattern 2-5/8' Round, 140°F o o - - - - - - a a 3-1/4" Round, 140°F a a a a a a a a 0 0 2-5/8" Square, 140°F>1 0 - - - - - - - 0 0 2-5/8" Round, 162°F a - - - - - - - 0 0 3-1/4" Round, 162°F 0 - - - - - - - 0 0 2-5/8' Square, 162°F 1 0 - - - - - - - 0 0 1: listed only Tools for Installation of Model RC-QR Socket NR-H For use with a 3/8' drive ratchet (not included) Socket NR-H Plastic For use with a 1/2" drive ratchet (not included) Cap Remover RC I I I I I I I Document No. U036889 Date Jan/11/2019 I I I I I I Model JL1 12 Upright Model J112 Upright Model JL1 12 Pendent Model J112 Pendent F1/F2 Recessed Escutcheon FP Recessed Escutcheon I Bulletin 172 May 2019 Model J112 and JL112 Sprinklers Extended Coverage Sprinklers for Light Hazard and Ordinary Hazard cULus Listed K11.2 (160 metric) Product Description Model J112 and JL1 12 series sprinklers are cULus Listed extended coverage spray sprinklers intended for installation in accordance with NFPA 13. The sprinklers also have cU- Lus Listed Specific Application Criteria for installation under concrete tee construction in accordance with the require- ments documented in this bulletin. Coverage areas up to 400 ft2 (37 m2) per sprinkler with a maximum spacing of up to 20 ft by 20 ft (6.1 m by 6.1 m) are permitted for both Light Hazard and Ordinary Hazard occupancies. Listed flows and pressures for each hazard classification and sprinkler spac- ing are provided in this bulletin. Model J112 and JL1 12 se- ries sprinkler are cULus Listed as quick-response sprinklers for Light Hazard occupancies. When used in the Ordinary Hazard occupancies, Model J112 and JL1 12 series sprin- klers are cULus Listed as quick-response for spacings up to 14 ft by 14 ft (4.3 m by 4,3 m) and standard-response for other listed spacings up to 20 ft by 20 ft (6.1 m by 6.1 m). Model J112 Pendent and J112 Upright sprinklers use a glass bulb operating element and are cULus Listed as Corrosion Resistant Sprinklers when ordered with White Polyester, Black Polyester, or Electroless Nickel PTFE (ENT) finish, Model JL1 12 Pendent and JL1 12 Upright sprinklers use a fusible link operating element. Model J112 Pendent and Model JL1 12 Pendent sprinklers are cULus Listed for use with the Model F2 and Model FP recessed escutch- eons, which provide up to 1/2 inch (13 mm) of adjustment. In addition, for Ordinary Hazard occupancies, the Model J112 Pendent and Model JL1 12 Pendent sprinklers are cULus Listed for use with the Model Fl recessed escutcheon that provides up to 3/4 inch (19 mm) of adjustment. I Application Model J112 and JL1 12 series sprinklers are intended for installation in Light Hazard and Ordinary Hazard occupan- cies in accordance with NFPA 13. The sprinklers must be installed in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 13 for extended coverage spray sprinklers and the require- ments identified in this bulletin. In addition to the installation requirements of NFPA 13, cULus Listed Specific Application Criteria for installation under concrete tee construction is provided in this bulletin. Model J112 and JL1 12 Series Sprinkler Summary I I I I I I I I I I I Model Orientation Operating Element Sprinkler Identification Number (SIN) J112 Pendent Glass Bulb RA7216 JL1 12 Pendent ' Fusible Link R7216 J112 Upright Glass Bulb RA7326 JL1 12 Upright Fusible Link R7326 www.reliablesprinkler.com I [1 I I L I I I I L I I mm) Bulb Wrench Flat Technical Specifications Style: Extended Coverage Pendent Threads: 3/4" NPT or ISO 7-1 R3/4 Nominal K-Factor: 11.2 (160 metric) Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) Mm. Spacing: 8 ft. (2.4 m) Material Specifications Thermal Sensor: Glass Bulb Cup: Bronze Alloy Frame: Brass Alloy Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy with PTFE Load Screw: Bronze Alloy Kick Spring: Steel Alloy Deflector: Brass Alloy Sprinkler Wrench Model J1 Model RJ (recessed) Finishes (See Table G) Sensitivity (See Table B) Temperature Ratings 155°F (68°C) 200°F (93°C) 286°F (141°C) Recessed Escutcheons Fl -3/4" (19mm) adjustment (Ordinary Hazard only) F2-1/2" (13mm) adjustment FP-1/2" (13mm) adjustment Listings and Approvals cULus Listed cULus Listed as Corrosion Resistant with White Polyester, Black Polyester, and ENT finish only Model J112 Pendent Sprinkler Components Listed Design Criteria and Sensitivity Max. Spacing Light Hazard Ordinary Hazard Ordinary Hazard Group I Group 2 ft. x ft. Flow Pressure Flow Pressure Flow Pressure (m x m) gpm (I/rn) psi (bar) gpm (I/rn) psi (bar) gpm (I/rn) psi (bar) 12 x 12 30(114) 7.2 (0.50) 30(114) 7.2 (0.50) 39(148) 12.1 (0.8) (3.7 x 3.7) OR OR OR OR OR OR 14x 14 30(114) 7.2 (0.50) 30(114) 7.2 (0.50) 39(148) 12.1 (0.8) (4.3 x 4.3) OR OR OR OR OR OR 16 x 16 30(114) 7.2 (0.50) 39(148) 12.1 (0.8) 51(193) 20.7(1.4) (4.9 x 4.9) OR OR SR SR SR SR 18 x 18 33(125) 8.7 (0.60) 49(186) 19.1 (1.3) 65(246) 33.7 (2.3) (5.5 x 5.5) OR OR SR SR SR SR 20x20 40(152) 12.8(0.88) 60(227) 28.7(2.0) 80(303) 51.0(3.5) (6.1 x6.1) OR OR SR SR SR SR OR = Quick-response SR = Standard-response Bulletin 172 Page 2 of 7 May 2019 Reliable www.reliablesprinkler.com I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I Technical Specifications Style: Extended Coverage Pendent Threads: 3/4" NPT or ISO 7-1 R3/4 Nominal K-Factor: 11.2 (160 metric) Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) Mm. Spacing: 8ff. (2.4 m) Material Specifications Thermal Sensor: Nickel Alloy Solder Link Frame: Brass Alloy Levers: Brass Alloy Cap: Bronze Alloy Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy with PTFE Load Screw: Bronze Alloy Deflector: Brass Alloy Strut: Copper Alloy Sprinkler Wrench Model J1 Model RJ (recessed) Finishes (See Table G) Sensitivity (See Table C) Temperature Rating* 165°F(74°C) 212°F(100°C) I Recessed Escutcheons F1-3/4!'(1 9mm) adjustment (Ordinary Hazard only) 1 , F2-1/2" (13mm) adjustment , FP-1/2" (13mm) adjustment Listings and Approvals cULus Listed ._ *Chrome and white polyester finish is supplied with white link regardless of temperature rating Model J112 Pendent Sprinkler Components TIl' I I I I I 1 I Link Wrench Flat mm) L1-5/8' (42mm) Listed Design Criteria and Sensitivity i;irii Max. Spacing Light Hazard Ordinary Hazard Ordinary Hazard Group 1 Group 2 ft. x ft. Flow Pressure Flow Pressure Flow Pressure (m x m) gpm (I/rn) psi (bar) gpm (I/rn) psi (bar) gpm (I/rn) psi (bar) 12 x 12 30(114) 7.2 (0.50) 30(114) 7.2 (0.50) 39(148) 12.1 (0.8) (3.7 x 3.7) OR OR OR OR OR OR 14 x 14 30(114) 7.2 (0.50) 30(114) 7.2 (0.50) 39(148) 12.1 (0.8) (4.3 x 4.3) OR OR OR OR OR OR 16 x 16 30(114) 7.2 (0.50) 39(148) 12.1 (0.8) 51(193) 20,7(l.4) (4.9 x 4.9) OR OR SR SR SR SR 18 x 18 33(125) 8.7 (0.60) 49(186) 19.1 (1.3) 65(246) 33.7(2.3) (5.5 x 5.5) OR OR SR SR SR SR 20 x 20 40(152) 12.8 (0.88) 60(227) 28.7(2.0) 80(303) 51.0(3.5) (6.1 x6.1) OR OR SR SR SR SR OR = Quick-response SR = Standard-response Bulletin 172 Page 3 of 7 May 2019 www.reliablesprinkler.com I mm) Bulb I Wrench Flat I lI:1.tIc3Zi SIN Finishes (See Table G) Sensitivity (See Table D) Temperature Rating 155-F (68-C) 200°F(93°C) 286°F (141°C) Sprinkler Wrench Model J1 Listings and Approvals cULus Listed cULus Listed as Corrosion Resistant with White Polyester, Black Polyester, and ENT finish only I Model J112 Upright Sprinkler Components tTT1c I Listed Design Criteria and Sensitivity Max. Spacing Light Hazard Ordinary Hazard Ordinary Hazard Group 1 Group 2 ft. x ft. Flow Pressure Flow Pressure Flow Pressure (m x m) gpm (I/rn) psi (bar) gpm (I/rn) psi (bar) gpm (I/rn) psi (bar) 12 x 12 30(114) 7.2 (0.50) 30(114) 7.2 (0.50) 39(148) 12.1 (0.8) (3.7 x 3,7) OR OR OR OR OR OR 14x 14 30(114) 7.2 (0.50) 30(114) 7.2 (0.50) 39(148) 12.1 (0.8) (4.3 x 4.3) OR OR OR OR OR OR 16x 16 30(114) 7.2 (0.50) 39(148) 12.1 (0.8) 51 (193) 20.7(1.4) (4.9 x 4.9) OR OR SR SR SR SR 18 x 18 33(125) 8.7 (0.60) 49(186) 19.1 (1.3) 65(246) 33.7(2.3) (5.5 x 5.5) OR OR SR SR SR SR 20 x 20 40(152) 128(0.88) 60(227) 28.7 (2.0) 80 (303) 51.0 (3.5) (6.1 x6.1) OR OR SR SR SR SR OR = Quick-response SR = Standard-response Bulletin 172 Page 4 of 7 May 2019 Reliable www.reliablesprinkler.com Technical Specifications Style: Extended Coverage Upright Threads: 3/4" NPT or ISO 7-1 R3/4 Nominal K-Factor: 11.2 (160 metric) Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) Mm. Spacing: 8 ft. (2.4 m) Material Specifications Thermal Sensor: Glass Bulb Cup: Bronze Alloy Frame: Brass Alloy Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy with PTFE Load Screw: Bronze Alloy Kick Spring: Steel Alloy Deflector: Brass Alloy 11 I I I I I I [1 I I I I Technical Specifications Style: Extended Coverage Upright Threads: 3/4" NPT or ISO 7-1 R3/4 Nominal K-Factor: 11.2 (160 metric) Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) Mm. Spacing: 8 ft. (2.4 m) Material Specifications Thermal Sensor: Nickel Alloy Solder Link Frame: Brass Alloy Levers: Brass Alloy Strut: Brass Alloy Cap: Bronze Alloy Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy with PTFE Load Screw: Bronze Alloy Deflector: Brass Alloy Finishes (See Table G) Sensitivity (See Table E) Temperature Rating* 165°F (74°C) 212°F (100°C) Sprinkler Wrench Model Ji Listings and Approvals cULus Listed *Chrome and white polyester finish is supplied with white link regardless of temperature rating Model All 12 Upright Sprinkler Components I I I I I Link Wrench Flat 1mm) Listed Design Criteria and Sensitivity Max. Spacing Light Hazard Ordinary Hazard Ordinary Hazard Group 1 Group 2 ft. x ft. Flow Pressure Flow Pressure Flow Pressure (m x m) gpm (I/rn) psi (bar) gpm (llm) psi (bar) gpm (I/rn) psi (bar) 12 x 12 30(114) 7.2 (0.50) 30(114) 7.2(0.50) 39(148) 12.1 (0.8) (3.7 x 3.7) OR OR OR OR OR OR 14 x 14 30(114) 7.2 (0.50) 30(114) 7.2 (0.50) 39(148) 12.1 (0.8) (4,3 x 4.3) OR OR OR OR OR OR 16 x 16 30(114) 7.2 (0.50) 39(148) 12.1 (0.8) 51(193) 20.7(1.4) (4.9 x 4.9) OR OR SR SR SR SR 18 x 18 33(125) 8.7 (0.60) 49(186) 19.1 (1.3) 65(246) 33.7 (2.3) (5.5 x 5.5) OR OR SR SR SR SR 20 x 20 40(152) 12.8 (0.88) 60(227) 28.7 (2.0) 80(303) 51.0 (3.5) (6.1 x6.1) OR OR SR SR SR SR OR = Quick-response SR = Standard-response Bulletin 172 Page 5 of 7 May 2019 www.reliablesprinkler.com I I I I I [1 11 The Model J112 and JL112 pendent and upright sprinklers are cULus Listed for installation under concrete tee construction in ac cordance with the following specific application criteria: Max. Tee Depth: 2'- 6" (0.8m) Max. Tee Stem Spacing: 7'- 6" (2,3m) Mm. Tee Stem Spacing: 3'- 0" (0.9m) Max. Tee Length: 32'- 0" (9.8m) or baffles not less than the depth of the tees must be installed so that the longitudinal space between baffles does not exceed 32ft (9.8m) in length. Max. Deflector distance below Tee: 1(25mm) Comply with obstructions to the Sprinkler Discharge Pattern Development requirements of the NFPA13 where deflector is lo- cated above bottom of tee. Application and Installation for Use Under Concrete Tee V \ / H2'-6" (0.8m) 1-1 (25mm) max. max. -------------------- V -- ------------------------ --------------------------( 1" (25mm) max. J 7-6" (2.3m) max. 3-0 (0.9m) mm. Model FP Escutcheon Model F1/F2 Escutcheon Installation Dimensions FT'T Installation Dimensions 1-15/16 CIA. (46mm) - - I 2-3/8(60mm) DIA. Hole in Ceiling 2-5I8 DIA.(67mm) - (I I) 2-5/16 DIA. Hole In Ceiling (59mm) Cup Fl: 1/2')l2mm) */- 3/8'(1omm) 1" (25mm) +I- 1/4)6mm) F2: 3/8 (10mm) */- 1/4)6mm) Fl:? )51mm) -/- 3/8')10mm) 1-3/8 (35mm) +1- 1/4)6mm) F2: 2-1/8 (54mm) 1- 1/4 (6mm) 3-3/16(81mm) 2-13/16' (71mm) Note: The Model FP, Fl, or F2 may be used for ordinary hazard occupancies. For light hazard occupancies, the Model FP or F2 recessed escutcheon must be used. Model J112 and JL112 sprinklers with Model Fl recessed escutcheon are not listed for use in light hazard occupancies. Bulletin 172 Page 6 of 7 May 2019 Reliable www.reliablesprink)er.com Table C Sprinkler & Escutcheon Finishes (1) Installation Ji Wrench RJ Wrench Sprinkler Finishes Special Application Sprinkler Finishes Sprinkler Fl, F2, & FP3 Escutcheons Sprinkler Fl, F2, & FPM Escutcheons Bronze Brass Bright Brass Bright Brass Chrome Plated Chrome Plated Dull Chrome Dull Chrome White Polyester (2) White Polyester Black Polyester 2) Black Polyester Custom Color Polyester Custom Color Polyester Electroless Nickel PTFE 2)(4( Type 316 Stainless Steel Notes: Paint or any other coating applied over the factory finish will void all approvals and warranties. 2) cULus Listed Corrosion Resistant when ordered with Model Ji 12 Pendent (RA7216) or Model J1 12 Upright (RA7326). (3) The Model FP escutcheon assembly consists of an unfinished galvanized cup with a finished escutcheon ring. 4) Available with Model J112 Pendent (RA7216) and Model J112 Upright (RA7326) only. Glass bulb sprinklers have orange bulb protectors to minimize bulb damage during shipping, handling, and installation. Re- liable sprinkler installation wrenches are designed to install sprinklers with bulb protectors in place. Remove the bulb pro- tector at the time when the sprinkler system is placed in service for fire protection. Removal of the bulb protector before this time may leave the bulb vulnerable to damage. Remove bulb protec- tors by undoing the clasp by hand. Do not use tools to remove bulb protectors. Models J112 and JL112 series sprinklers must be installed with the Reliable sprinkler installation wrench identified in this bulletin. Any other wrench may damage the sprinkler. Recom- mended installation torque is 14 to 20 lb.ft (19 to 27 N.m). Do not tighten sprinklers over the maximum recommended installa- tion torque. Exceeding the maximum recommended installation torque may cause leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Listings and Approvals Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. and certified by Underwriters Laboratories of Canada (cULus) Recessed pendent sprinklers are to be installed as shown in UL Lusting Category • Fig. 6 or Fig 7., as applicable to the specific model being in- I stalled. Models J1 12 and JL1 12 series recessed pendent sprin- klers may only be installed with the Reliable Model Fl, Model Sprinklers, Automatic and Open Extended Coverage Sprinklers F2, or Model FP recessed escutcheon. The use of any other UL Guide Number —VNIV recessed escutcheon will void all approvals and negate all war- I ranties. The Reliable Model FP escutcheon may not be used Ordering Information in ceilings having positive pressure with zespect to the space below. Ensure that the openings in the Model FP escutcheon! Specify: can assembly are unobstructed following installation. I Sprinkler Model: [J112 Pendent] [JL1 12 Pendent] mt M Maintenance a ce [J112 Upright] [JL1 12 Upright] Temperature Rating: J112: [155'F (68'C)] [200'F (93'C)] Models J112 and JL1 12 series sprinklers should be inspect- [286°F (141°C)] I ed and the sprinkler system maintained in accordance with JL1 12: [165°F (74°C)] [212°F (100°C)] NFPA 25. Do not clean sprinklers with soap and water, ammo- Finish: (See Table G) nia or any other cleaning fluids. Remove dust by gentle vacu- Escutcheon (Pendent Only; for 3/4" threads) • uming. Replace any sprinkler which has been painted (other Model Fl (Ordinary Hazard Only) than factory applied) or damaged in any way. A stock of spare Model F2 sprinklers should be maintained to allow quick replacement of Model FP damaged or operated sprinklers. Prior to installation, sprinklers should be maintained in the original cartons and packaging un- I til used to minimize the potential for damage to sprinklers that would cause improper operation or non-operation. I Z Co Co Co (0 (0.4 - I Co 03 __ Bulletin 172 Page 7 of 7 03 Rellabld May 2019 www.reliablesprinkler.com I I I I El I I I I [1 I Recessed Horizontal Sidewall XLH Upright Conventional / / Recessed PendentjF1/F2 Recessed PendentjFP XLH Recessed Pendent F1/F2 Concealed Pendent XLH Pendent Upright Vertical Sidewall Pendent Horizontal Sidewall Bulletin 014 March 2019 a 0 bl Model Fl FR Series Quick Response Glass Bulb Sprinklers I Model Fl FR56 Sprinkler Types Standard Spray Upright Standard Spray Pendent Conventional Upright/Pendent Vertical Sidewall I Horizontal Sidewall Model Fl FR56 Recessed Sprinkler Types Standard Spray Pendent I Horizontal Sidewall Model Fl FR56 Concealed Sprinkler Types I Model Standard Spray Pendent Fl FR42, Fl FRXLH & Fl FR28 Sprinkler Types Standard Spray Upright I Standard Spray Pendent Model Fl FR40 Sprinkler Types Standard Spray Pendent I Model Fl FR42, Fl FR40, Fl FRXLH & Fl FR28 Recessed Sprinkler Types Standard Spray Pendent I Model Fl FR56LL & Fl FR42LL Low Lead Spnnlder Types Standard Spray Pendent with less than 0.25% Lead Content I Listing & Approvals The following organizations provide Listings or Approvals I for various Model Fl FR series sprinklers. See the Design and Installation table in this Bulletin for information on specific listings and approvals applicable to each sprin- kIr Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and Certified for Product Description Canada (cULus) in accordance with ANSI/UL199. Reliable Model F1FR series sprinklers FM Approvals (FM) are quick-response automatic sprin- Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB) klers with a glass bulb thermal element. VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH (VdS) Model F1FR series sprinklers are Stan- Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and Underwriters dard Spray sprinklers, with the excep- tion of the Model Fl FR56 Conventional XLH Recessed Laboratories of Canada Certified for Health Effects sprinkler which is an Old-style/Conven- PendentFP to NSF/ANSI Standard 61 Annex G (ULH) tional sprinkler. EC Certificate: 0786-CPD-40239 (RA1414), 0786- The Model F1FR Series automatic sprinklers utilize a 3.0 CPD-4025 1 (RA1 425), 0786-CPD-40252 (RA1475) mm frangible glass bulb. These sprinklers have demonstrat- (EC) ed response times in laboratory tests which are five to ten UL Listing Category times faster than standard response sprinklers. This quick Sprinklers, Automatic & Open (VNIV) response enables the Model Fl FR Series sprinklers to apply Quick Response Sprinkler water toe fire fester than standard- response snrinklers of the I L Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc., same temperature rating. The glass bulb consists of an accurately controlled amount of special fluid hermetically sealed inside a precisely man- ufactured glass capsule. This glass bulb is specially con- structed to provide fast thermal response. 103 Fairview Park Drive, Elmsford, New York 10523 ~7_ ~7 At normal temperatures, the glass bulb contains the fluid in both the liquid and vapor phases. The vapor phase can be seen as a small bubble. As heat is applied, the liquid expands, forcing the bubble smaller and smaller as the liq- uid pressure increases. Continued heating forces the liquid to push out against the bulb, causing the glass to shatter, opening the waterway and allowing the deflector to distrib- ute the discharging water. Model Fl FR Series sprinklers provide a wide range of op- tions where quick-response, glass bulb sprinklers are used: Pendent, recessed pendent, upright, horizontal sidewall, and vertical sidewall deflectors K-factors of 2.8 (40 metric), 4.0 (57 metric), 4.2 (60 metric), and 5.6 (80 metric) Flush, recessed, and concealed installations See the Design and Installation Information table in this Bulletin for information on the approvals and availability of specific Model Fl FR series sprinkler configurations. Model F1FR Recessed Pendent and Recessed Horizon- tal Sidewall sprinklers are required to be used with Reliable Model Fl, F2, or FP recessed escutcheons. See the Re- cessed Escutcheon Data table in this Bulletin for listing and approval information with each specific Model F1FR series sprinkler. Model Fl and F2 recessed escutcheons, shown in Fig. 1 and 3, are a friction fit assembly allowing for 3/4-inch (19mm) and 1/2-inch (12.7mm) of adjustment, respectively. Model FP recessed escutcheons, shown in Fig. 2, provide a 1/2-inch (12.7mm) threaded adjustment. Model Fl FR56 Concealed Pendent and Model El FR56LL Concealed Pendent sprinklers are required to be used with Model CCP cover plates. A standard profile Model CCP cov- er plate is available that provides up to 1/2-inch (12.7mm) of cover plate adjustment. In addition, a low profile Model CCP cover plate is also available that provides up to 5/16-inch (8.0mm) of cover plate adjustment. See the Design and In- stallation Information and Listed and Approved Temperature Ratings tables in this Bulletin for further information on ap- proved cover plate options. Application Model F1FR Series sprinklers are intended for use in accordance with NFPA 13, FM Property Loss Prevention Data Sheets, and the requirements of the Authority Hav- ing Jurisdiction. Care must be exercised that the k-factor, temperature rating, deflector style, and sprinkler type are in accordance with the requirements of the applicable design and installation standards. In addition, Model F1FR Series sprinklers must be used in accordance with their listings and approvals, as well as the information provided in this Bulletin. Installation Glass bulb sprinklers have orange bulb protectors or pro- tective caps to minimize bulb damage during shipping, han- dling and installation. Reliable sprinkler installation wrench- es are designed to install sprinklers with bulb protectors in place. Remove the bulb protector at the time when the sprin- kler system is placed in service for fire protection. Removal of the bulb protector before this time may leave the bulb vul- nerable to damage. Remove bulb protectors by undoing the clasp by hand. Do not use tools to remove bulb protectors. Model F1FR Series sprinklers must be installed with the Reliable sprinkler installation wrench identified in the Design and Installation Information table in this Bulletin. Any other wrench may damage the sprinkler. A leak tight sprinkler joint can be obtained with a torque of 8 to 18 lb-ft (11 to 24 N-m). Do not tighten sprinklers over the maximum recommended installation torque. Exceeding the maximum recommended installation torque may cause leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Recessed Sprinklers Model Fl FR Series Recessed sprinklers are to be installed as shown in Fig. 1, Fig. 2, or Fig. 3, as applicable to the spe- cific model being installed. The Recessed Escutcheon Data table in the Bulletin identifies the only recessed escutcheons that are permitted to be used with each Model Fl FR Series Recessed sprinkler. The use of any other recessed escutch- eon will void all approvals and negate all warranties. Concealed Sprinklers Model F1FR Series Concealed Pendent sprinklers are to be installed as shown in Fig. 4 or Fig. 5, as applicable to the selected cover plate. Model Fl FR56 Concealed Pendent and Model Fl FRS6LL Concealed Pendent sprinklers have a factory-installed Model CCP cup. A protective cap is in- stalled at the factory that should remain on the sprinkler until the sprinkler is installed and should then be reinstalled on the sprinkler until the cover plate is installed. The concealed sprinkler assemblies are completed by the installation of a Model CCP push-on/thread-off cover plate assembly. The cover plate and sprinkler cup assemblies are joined using a cover plate skirt with flexible tabs for threaded engage- ment. A choice of two Model CCP cover plate assemblies provides either 1/2-inch (13mm) or 5/8-inch (8mm) of cover adjustment. Do not install Model F1FR Series Concealed Pendent sprinklers in ceilings which have positive pressure in the space above. Model F1FR Series Concealed Pendent sprinklers require a 2-5/8-inch (67mm) diameter hole to be cut in the ceiling. The Model GFR2 wrench is used to engage the sprinkler wrench- ing surfaces and to install the sprinkler in the fitting. Remove the protective cap to install the sprinkler, then reinstall the protective cap until the cover plate is installed. When inserting or remov- ing the wrench from the sprinkler/cup assembly, care should be taken to prevent damage to the sprinkler. Do not wrench any other part of the sprinkler/cup assembly Installation is com- pleted by removing the protective cap from the sprinkler and pushing the cover plate onto the cup. Final adjustment is made by hand turning the cover plate until the skirt flange makes full contact with the ceiling. Cover plate removal requires turning the cover plate in the counter clockwise direction. After installation, inspect all sprinklers to ensure that there is a gap between the cover plate and ceiling and that the four cup slots are open and free from any air flow impediment to the space above. Concealed cover plate/cup assemblies are listed only for use with specific sprinklers. The use of any concealed cover plate/cup assembly other than the Reliable Model CCP with Model Fl FR56 Concealed Pendent and Model Fl FRS6LL Concealed Pendent sprinklers or the use of the Model CCP Concealed cover plate assembly on any sprinkler with which it is not specifically listed my prevent good fire pro- tection and will void all guarantees, warranties, listings and approvals. I I 1 I I I I Li I I I I H I I I I 2. Li Technical Data: Sensitivity: Quick-response Thread Size: 1/2-inch NPT standard; ISO 7-R1/2 optional Maximum Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) - 100% Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar) SIN RA1425, RA1414 & RA1435 cULus listed for 250 psi (17 bar) Design and Installation Information Model Nominal K-factor Nominal Orifice Diameter Deflector/ Orientation Nominal Sprinkler Height _____ Installation Wrench SIN Approvals Listings and Approval Notes US Metric inches mm inches mm Pendent 2.25 57 W2 RA1411 cULus 2 F1FR28 2.8 40 3/8 10 Recessed Pendent 2.25 57 GFR2 RA1411 cULus 2 Upright 2.25 57 W2 RA1421 cULus 1,2 F1FR40 4.0 57 3/8 10 Pendent 2.25 57 W2 RA1418 VdS Recessed Pendent 2.25 57 GFR2 RA1418 VdS Pendent 2.25 57 W2 RA1413 cULus 2 F1FR42 4.2 60 7/16 10 Recessed Pendent 2.25 57 GFR2 RA1413 cULus 2 Upright 2.25 57 W2 RA1423 cULus 1,2 F1FR42LL 4.2 60 7/16 10 Pendent 2.25 57 W2 RA1410 cULus, ULH Recessed Pendent 2.25 57 GFR2 RA1410 cULus, ULH F1FRXLH Pendent 2.25 57 W2 RA1413 cULus 2 Recessed Pendent 2.25 57 GFR2 RA1413 cULus 2 (F1FR42 4.2 60 7/16 10 with Pintle) Upright 2.25 57 W2 RA1423 cULus 1,2 Pendent 2.25 57 W2 RA1414 cULus, FM, LPCB, VdS, EC 1,2,3,4 Recessed Pendent 2.25 57 GFR2 RA1414 cULus, FM, LPcB, VdS, EC 1,2,3,4 concealed Pendent 2.25 57 GFR2 RA1414 cULus,VdS,EC 5,6 F1FR56 5.6 80 1/2 15 Upright 2.25 57 W2 RA1425 cULus, FM, LPcB, VdS, EC 1,2,3,4 "Conventional 2.25 57 (Pendent or Upright)" W2 RA1475 LPCB, VdS, EC 4 Pendent 2.25 57 W2 RA1415 cULus, ULH 1 F1FR56LL 5.6 80 1/2 15 Recessed Pendent 2.25 57 GFR2 RA1415 cULus, ULH Concealed Pendent 2,25 57 GFR2 RA1415 cULus, ULH 6 Horizontal Sidewall 2.63 67 W2 RA1435 cULus, FM 1,2,3,7 F1FR56 5.6 80 1/2 15 Recessed Horizontal 2.63 67 Sidewall GFR2 RA1435 cULus, FM 8 F1FR56 5.6 80 1/2 15 Vertical Sidewall (Pendent or Upright) 2.25 57 W2 RA1485 cULus, FM, LPCB 1,2,3,9 cULus Listed Corrosion Resistant sprinkler when ordered with available Polyester coating. (2) cULus Listed Corrosion Resistant sprinkler when ordered with available Electroless Nickel PTFE plating. (1) Available with FM approved Polyester coating in black or white. Available with LPCB and VdS approved Polyester coating. VdS and EC approvals of the F1 FR56 Concealed Pendent sprinkler are for 155°F (68°C) temperature rated sprinklers only. VdS approved sprin- klers must use Norbulb brand glass bulbs with the 1/2-inch (12.7mm) adjustment Model CCP cover plate only. Model Fl FR56 Concealed Pendent and Model El FR56LL Concealed Pendent sprinklers must be used with Reliable Model CCP cover plates, available as either standard depth with 1/2-inch (12.7mm) of adjustment or low profile with 5/16-inch (8.0 mm) of adjustment. cULus Listing of the Fl FR56 Horizontal Sidewall sprinkler is for Light and Ordinary Hazard occupancies only. Minimum to maximum deflector to ceiling distance shall be 4 inches to 12 inches (102mm to 305mm). FM Approval of the El FR56 Horizontal Sidewall sprinkler is for Light Hazard occupancies only. cULus Listing and FM Approval of the F1 FR56 Recessed Horizontal Sidewall sprinkler is for Light Hazard occupancies only. The F1 FR56 Vertical Sidewall sprinkler is listed and approved for use only in Light Hazard occupancies. LPCB approval of the F1 FR56 Vertical Sidewall sprinkler is for installation in the Pendent position only. 3. I r~ I I I I I I I I I I I I I Listed and Approved Temperature Ratings Model Deflector! Orientation Ordinary Temp. Classification 100°F (38°C) Max. Ambient Temp. Intermediate Temp. Classification 150°F (65°C) Max. Ambient Temp. High Temp. Classification 225°F (1 07°C) Max. Ambient Temp. 135°F (57°C) Temp. Rating 155°F (68°C) Temp. Rating 175°F (79°C) Temp. Rating 200°F (93°C) Temp. Rating 286°F (141°C) Temp. Rating Orange Bulb Red Bulb Yellow Bulb Green Bulb Blue Bulb Pendent cULus F1FR28 Recessed Pendent cULus I. Upright cULus Pendent VdS F1FR4O Recessed Pendent VdS Pendent cULus F1FR42 Recessed Pendent cULus I Upright cULus Pendent cULus ULH F1FR42LL Recessed Pendent cULus ULH Pendent cULus F1FRXLH Recessed Pendent cULus Upright cULus Pendent cULus, FM, LPCB, VdS, EC Recessed Pendent cULus, FM, LPCB, VdS, EC Fl FR56 Concealed Pendent cULus I cULus VdS EC I cULus Upright cULus, FM, LPCB, VdS, EC Conventional (Pendent or Upright)" LPCB VdS EC Pendent cULus, ULH Fl FR56LL Recessed Pendent cULus, ULH Concealed Pendent cULus ULH Horizontal Sidewall cULus, FM Fl FR56 Recessed Horizontal Sidewall cULus, FM F1 FR56 Vertical Sidewall (Pen- dent _or_Upright) cULus, FM, LPCB * Model Fl FR56 Concealed Pendent and F 1 FR56LL Concealed Pendent sprinklers must be used with Reliable Model CCP cover plates. For Ordinary TemperatLre Classification sprinklers use a 135°F (57°C) temperature rated cover plate. For Intermediate Temperature Classification sprinklers use a 165°F (74°C) temperature rated cover plate. Recessed Escutcheon Data Listed and Approved Recessed Escutcheons Model Fl Model F2 Model FP Deflector/ Model Orientation (Fig.1&3) (Fig.1&3) (Fig. 2) SIN 3/4-inch (19mm) 1/2-inch (12.7mm) 1/2-inch (12.7mm) adjustment adjustment adjustment F1FR28 Recessed Pendent cULus cULus cULus RA1411 F1FR40 Recessed Pendent VdS VdS VdS RA1418 F1FR42 Recessed Pendent cULus cULus cULus RA1413 F1FR42LL Recessed Pendent cULus, ULH cULus, ULH cULus, ULH RAl 410 F1FR42XLH Recessed Pendent cULus cULus cULus RA1413 F1FRS6 Recessed Pendent cULus, LPCB, VdS, cULus, FM, LPCB, cULus, VdS, EC RA1414 EC VdS, EC F1FR56LL Recessed Pendent cULus, ULH cULus, ULH cULus, ULH RA1415 F1FR56 Recessed Horizontal Sidewall cULus cULus, FM cULus RA1435 I I 1 I I I E] l~ rj I I I I I I I I 2 7/4" HOLE VIA. [57.2mm] 1 15/16 VIA [49.2mm] r TURN COLLAR UNTIL TIGHT AGAINST SPRINKLER WRENCH BOSS-\ _\\) Fl ESCUTCHEONL "[19mm] 3/4 ADJUSTMENT F2 ESCUTCHEON 1/2"[12. 7mm] ADJUSTMENT 1" X 1/2" REDUCER FACE OF FITTING TO FACE OF CEILING DIMENSION Fl ESCUTCHEON AT MAXIMUM RECESS 1 "[25.4mm] AT MINIMUM RECESS = 3/8'[9.5mm] F2 ESCUTCHEON AT MAXIMUM RECESS 3/4"[19mm] AT MINIMUM RECESS = 3/8 "[9.5mm] F? ESCUTCHEON AT MAX/MUM RECESS = 7/8'[22,2mm] AT MINIMUM REC ESS = 1-5/8 "[41.3mm] F2 ESCUTCHEON AT MAXIMUM RECESS = 1- 1/8"[28. 6mm] AT MINIMUM RECESS = 1-5/8"[4 1.3mm] I I I 1 I I I I 2 27/32" VIA. [72.2mm] Model F1FR56, F1FR56LL, F1FR42, F1FR40, F1FR42LL, F1FRXLH & F1FR28 Recessed Pendent sprinkler with Model Fl or F2 escutcheon I I I 2 5/8" DIA. [66.7mm]- HDLE IN CEILING / \ / 2 5/16" DIA. [58.7mm] - I CUP CEILING - 1" X 1/2" REDUCER FACE OF F/U/NC TO FACE OF CEILING DIMENSION AT MAXIMUM RECESS = 1-1/2"[38mm] AT MINIMUM RECESS = 1 "[25.4mm] I I I I I I F~ AT MAX/MUM RECESS = 9/16"[14.3mm] t12''[12. 7mm] JME AT MIN/MUM RECESS = 1 "[25.4mm] ADJUSTMENT 3 1/4" DIA. [82.6mm] Model F1FR56, F1FR56LL, F1FR42, F1FR40, F1FR42LL, F1FRXLH & F1FR28 Recessed Pendent sprinkler with Model FP escutcheon I 5. I CEILING FACE OF FITTING TO FACE OF CEILING DIMENSION Fl ESCUTCHEON AT MAXIMUM RECESS = 1 "[25.4mm] AT MINIMUM RECESS = 3/8"[9.5mm] F2 ESCUTCHEON AT MAXIMUM RECESS = 3/4119mm] AT MINIMUM RECESS = 3/8'19.5mm] 2 1/4" HOLE DIA. [5 7.2mm] Fl ESCUTCHEON LL AT Ian WIAJI III ocrccc - 1 7 /a"rrA fl._......, I -- tl( IVF/IAIIVF(JIVI OILL.L,.).J - I ThJ/ U AT MINIMUM RECESS = 2-1/16 '152.4mm] F2 ESCUTCHEON AT MAXIMUM RECESS = 1-5/8'141.3mm] AT MINIMUM RECESS = 2— 1/16'152.4mm] I I 1 -H 1/B" [3.2mm] Li 1" X 1/2" REDUCER I I LI I 1 15/16" DIA [49.2mm] TURN COLLAR UNTIL -- TIGHT AGAINST SPRINKLER WRENCH BOSS. 2 27/32" 0/A. [72.2mm] Fl ESCUTCHEON 3/4"[l9mm] ADJUSTMENT F2 ESCUTCHEON 1/2 '112.7mm] ADJUSTMENT (1) 4"-12" [101. 6mm-304. 8mm] CEILING TO DEFLECTOR OlJF4JE RECESSED HSW w/F1 OR F2 ESCUTCHEON (1) FM APPROVED FOR 4" - 6" [101.6MM - 152.4MM] CEILING TO DEFLECTOR WITH F2 ONLY. Fig.3 Model Fl FR56 Recessed Horizontal Sidewall sprinkler with Model Fl or F2 escutcheon 1" x 1/2" REDUCING TEE OR ELBOW iE 518 " DIA 2 5/16" DIA - _.. HOLE IN CEILING CUP 1 1/2" MAX. FACE OF FITTING TO FACE OF CEILING /I DIMENSION 1/2" MAX. COVER ADJUSTMENT COVER PLATE - ASSEMBLY 5/16" 0/A. SPRINKLER CONCEALED, 1/2" ADJUSTMENT Fig.4 Model Fl FR56/F1 FR56LL Concealed Pendent sprinkler with standard depth 1/2-inch (12.7mm) adjustment - Model GOP cover plate 01 I 15/16" 0I7FO1A I I I I I I I I I I 1" x 7/2" REDUCING TEE OR ELBOW 2 5/16" 0/A HOLE IN CEILING CUP 00 vu 1 1/2" MAX. FACE OF FITTING TO FACE OF CEILING /Z DIMENSION CEILING 3/4 COVER T COVER PLATE— / ASSEMBLY 3 5/16 0/A. SPRINKLER CONCEALED,5/16"ADJUSTMENT 017FG02A 1 I I I I I Fig. 5- Model Fl FR56/1`1 FR56LL Concealed Pendent sprinkler with low profile 5/16-inch (8.0mm) adjustment - Model COP cover plate Maintenance The Model Fl FR Series sprinklers should be inspected and the sprinkler system maintained in accordance with NFPA 25. Do not clean sprinklers with soap and water, ammonia or any other cleaning fluids. Remove dust by using a soft brush or gentle vacuuming. Replace any sprinkler which has been painted (other than factory applied) or damaged in any way. A stock of spare sprinklers should be maintained to allow quick replacement of damaged or operated sprinklers. Finishes (1) StandardFinishes Sprinkler Escutcheon Cover plate(') Bronze Brass Chrome ChromePlated ChromePlated White Polyester Coated WhitePainted SpecialApplicationFinishes Sprinkler Escutcheon Coverplate>" Electroless Nickel PTFE>7 Electroless Nickel PTFE Bright Brass BrightBrass>3> BrightBrass Black Plating BlackPlated BlackPlated BlackPaint BlackPaint>2>>6> BlackPaint OffWhite Off White >2>>6> Off White SatinChrome ChromeDull I ChromeDull > Other finishes and colors are available on special order. Consult the factory for details. Custom color painted sprinklers may not retain their UL Corrosion resistance listing. Coverplate custom paint is semi-gloss, unless specified otherwise. >2> cULus Listed only. "> 200°F (93°C) maximum. 4> cULus listed "corrosion resistance" applies to SIN Numbers RA1435 (HSW), RA1485(VSW), RA1425 (Upright), RA1414 (Pendent) and RA1415 (Pendent) in standard black or white. Corrosion resistance in other polyester colors is available upon request. >> FM Approvals finish as "Polyester coated" applies to SIN Number RA1414, RA1435 and RA1425 in standard black or white. >6> LPCB and VdS Approved finish applies only to RA1425, RA1414, RA1418 (VdS) and RA1475. (7) cULus listed Corrosion Resistant Material Data Frame: DZR Brass, OM Brass, or Low Lead Brass Deflector: CDA Alloy 220,260,or510 LoadScrew\Pintle: CDAAlloy360or544 Cup: CDAAlloy651or693 Washer: Nickel Alloy 440 or 360, coated with PIFE AdhesiveTape Bulb: Glass Ordering Information Specify: Sprinkler Model: [Fl FR28][F1 FR40][F1 FR42] [Fl FR42LL][F1 FRXLH][F1 FR56][F1 FR56LL] Sprinkler Deflector/Orientation: [Pendent] [Recessed Pendent] [Upright] [Conventional] [Horizontal Sidewall] [Recessed Horizontal Sidewall] [Vertical Sidewall] Sprinkler threads: [1/2-inch NPT][ISO 7-R1/21 4, Sprinkler Temperature Rating: [135°F (570C)][155°F (680C)][175°F (79°C)] [200°F (930C)) [286-F (141 -C)] 5. Sprinkler Finish 6, Escutcheon Model: [F1][F2][FP] Escutcheon Finish (where applicable) Cover plate Model: [standard profile COP 1/2-inch (12.7mm) adjustment][low profile COP 5/16-inch (8.0mm) adjustment] Cover plate Temperature Rating: [135°F (57°C) for use with Ordinary Temperature sprinklers][ 1 650F (74°C) for use with Intermediate Temperature sprinklers] Cover plate Finish Note: When Model F1FR Series Recessed sprinklers are ordered, the sprinklers and escutcheons are packaged separately. I I Li 1 I I I I I F, I 7. Reliable ... For Complete Protection Reliable offers a wide selection of sprinkler components. Following are some of the many precision-made Reliable products that guard life and property from fire around the clock. Automatic sprinklers Flush automatic sprinklers Recessed automatic sprinklers Concealed automatic sprinklers Adjustable automatic sprinklers Dry automatic sprinklers Intermediate level sprinklers Open sprinklers Spray nozzles Alarm valves Retarding chambers Dry pipe valves Accelerators for dry pipe valves Mechanical sprinkler alarms Electrical sprinkler alarm switches Water flow detectors Deluge valves Detector check valves Check valves Electrical system Sprinkler emergency cabinets Sprinkler wrenches Sprinkler escutcheons and guards Inspectors test connections Sight drains Ball drips and drum drips Control valve seals Air maintenance devices Air compressors Pressure gauges Identification signs Fire department connection The equipment presented in this bulletin is to be installed in accordance with the latest published Standards of the National Fire Protection Association, Factory Mutual Research Corporation, or other similar organizations and also with the provisions of governmental codes or ordinances whenever applicable. Products manufactured and distributed by Reliable have been protecting life and property for almost 100 years. Manufactured by Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. AlIQ Recycled Reliable (800) 431-1588 Sales Offices Paper (800) 848-6051 Sales Fax Revision lines indicate updated or new data. (914) 829-2042 Corporate Offices www.reliablesprinkler.com Internet Address EG. Printed in U.S.A. 03 /19 P/N 9999970300 I I I I I 3) P!.TeS I ~l I I I I LI I I I 8779 Cottonwood Ave te 101 Sartre CA 92071 '619593,8M) ' 619 593 9133 rt CA Lcene C 16711148 I I I I tqcu Worldwide Contacts I www.tyco-fire.com BLAZEMASTER CPVC Fire Sprinkler Pipe & Fittings Submittal Sheet General Description TYCO CPVC Pipe and Fittings pro- duced by Johnson Controls are designed exclusively for use in wet pipe automatic fire sprinkler systems. The TYCO CPVC Pipe and Fittings are produced from BLAZEMASTER CPVC compound that is a specially developed thermoplastic compound composed of post chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC) resin and state of the art addi- tives. TYCO CPVC Pipe and Fittings are easier to install than traditional steel pipe systems, and at the same time, provide superior heat resistance and strength as compared to traditional CPVC and PVC piping materials used in the plumbing trade. Various adapt- ers are available to connect CPVC pipe to metallic piping. All female pipe thread adapters have brass inserts for durability. Grooved adapters connect directly to grooved end valves and metallic pipe, with flexible grooved end couplings. Technical Data Sizes 3/4 Inch to 3 Inch Maximum Working Pressure 175 psi Approvals UL and C-UL Listed FM Approved LPCB Approved NSF Certified MEA Approved (Refer to Installation Handbook IH-1900 dated April 2016 for exact listing/approval information.) Manufacture Source U.S.A. Material Pipe: ASTM F442, SDR 13.5 Fittings: ASTM F438 (Sch. 40) ASTM F439 (Sch. 80) ASTM F1970 Color Orange Installation TYCO CPVC Pipe and Fittings are to be to be installed in accordance with Installation Handbook IH-1900. I I I I I I [1 I WITOTM U The CPVC Pipe and Fittings produced with BLAZEMASTER CPVC compound described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document and with the applica- ble standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA), in addition to the standards of any authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. I The owner is responsible for main- taining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating con- dition. Contact the installing contrac- tor or product manufacturer with any I questions. IMPORTANT Refer to Technical Data Sheet I TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to regulatory and health information. Page 1 of 2 I AUGUST 2018 TFPI9I5 I TFPI9I5 Page 2 of 2 I Care and Limited Maintenance Warranty I TYCO CPVC Pipe and Fittings are to be maintained and serviced in accordance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system control valve for inspection or main- tenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, permission to shut down the affected fire protection system must first be obtained from the proper authorities and all person- nel who may be affected by this action must be notified. After placing a fire protection system in service, notify the proper authorities and advise those responsible for moni- toring proprietary and/or central station alarms. The owner is responsible for the inspec- tion, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and de-vices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSO- CIATION (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any authority having jurisdiction. Contact the installing con- tractor or product manufacturer with any questions. Automatic sprinkler systems should be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspection Service in accor- dance with local requirements and/or national codes. For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. I I I I I I I I I I Li I LI 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 194461 Telephone +1-215-362-0700 C 2018 Jchnon Cont,ols. All right, roe,od. All peifioAlionand other information hown were current —of docanrentreoieion date ant are eohjtot toot egewChoat notice. NATIONAL FINE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION and NFPA are rnpstnred lrederrratAn of National Fire Protect or Aoe000tionI B LA ZEM ASTER is a trade... of T he Lubti 001 Corporation Johnson I Controls El A)us LISTED FD_ ull Moose Tube® is a customer focused, L.growth oriented manufacturer and marketer of tubular products, where success is based on a commitment to meeting the customer's perception of quality. Our strength resides in our people working together to satisfy customers and to promote business growth by achieving superior financial performance. www.BullMooseTube.com sales@bullmoosetube.com - 800.325.4467 BULL MOOSE TUBE COMPANY 2 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — -• — Bull Moose Tube's® "Eddy Pipe®" brand sprinkler pipe is produced to meet sprinkler pipe standards and applications. ADVANTAGES OF BULL MOOSE TUBE® EDOV PPE® FAMILY All pipe products are UL Listed (for U.S. and Canada), and have been approved by Factory Mutual. Excellent production and coating capabilities, tighter tolerances, and our unique steel properties make our pipe excellent for roll grooving, welding, threading, and plain end fittings. All products are certified to ASTM Al 35 and A795 Type E, Grade A. Available in specific cut to order lengths from regular mill rollings. More popular sizes available with coating or bare. Ultra Eddy®, Eddy Flow®, Eddylite®, and Eddythread 40® offer cost - - savings along with superior hydraulics without compromising service life. Sprinkler pipe inventory stocked in Masury, Ohio; Gerald, Missouri; Casa Grande, Arizona; Kent, Washington; and Dallas, Texas. All Bull Moose (black) sprinkler pipe includes our exclusive EDDY GUARD Il® MlC preventative coating. Bull Moose Tube® sprinkler pipe is FBCTM compatible. PRODUCTS Schedule 10 and Schedule 40: FM approved and UL listed sprinkler pipe. Eddythread 40®: Light threadable Schedule 40 replacement with corrosion resistance ratio of 1.0. Eddylite®: Lightwall threadable with standard outside diameter. Eddy Flow®: Cost effective replacement for Schedule 10. Ultra Eddy®: Lightwall roll groovable pipe. Hull Mnow galvanized steel sprinkler pipe is hot dipped galvanized to meet ASTM Al 23 standards. All products are stencilled to meet FM & UL specifications. c®us LISTED PROTECTION Eddy Guard Il®: Bull Moose Tube® is producing product that can resist bacteriological growth even after multiple rinse-outs. You know MIC corrosion can impact your installation and your property. Specify Bull Moose Tube® "Eddy Guard Il®" and feel comfortable knowing that you are getting Eddy Pipe® product you trust with the bacteria resistance you need. Eddy Guard Il® is NFPA 1 and NF-PA 1 3H system compatible for use in hybrid systems as well as FM appwvtd. All information contained herein is accurate as known at the time of publication. Bull Moose Tubes reserves the riqht to chanqe product specifications without notice and without incurring obligation. Bull Moose Tube's® Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 are FM Approved and UL listed (for U.S. and Canada), even though these products do not require approvals and listings. Bull ........QOSe Tube® m.de the decision to have them approved and listed. Our Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 have a pressure rating of 300 PSI and have been thrquqh the same rigorous testflg as our other fine pipe products. Schedule 10 can be supplied roll grooved or plain end. Bull MuusTub'S5tSihd ole 10 and Schedule 40 pipes are hot dipped galvanized to meet ASTM Al 2d standards All products are stencilled to meet FM & UL specifications. c®us LISTED APPROVED °4'!f4 NFPA NOMINAL PIPE O.D. I.D. WATER FILLED BUNDLE SIZE (IN) (IN) (IN) CRR** WEIGHT/FT WEIGHT SIZE 1 1.315 1.097 15.27 1.41 lbs/ft 1.820 91 1-V4__1 l60 1.442 9.91 1.1 lbs/ft 2.518 61 1-1/2 1.900 1.682 7.76 2.09 lbs/ft 3.053 61 2.375 2.157 6.21 ...b 4.223 37 2112 2.875 2.635 4.92 3.53 lbs/ft 5.893 30 3 3.500 3.260 3.54 4.31 Ibs.ct 7.957 19 .1 4.50 0 4.260 2.50 5.62 lbs/ft 11.796 19 NOMINAL PIPE O.D. I.D. WATER FILLED BUNDLE SIZE (IN) (IN) (IN) CRR" WEIGHT/FT WEIGHT SIZE 1 1.315 1.049 1.00 1.68 lbs/ft 2.055 70 1-1/4 1.660 1.380 1.00 2.2/ lbs/ft 2.918 51 1-1/2 1.900 1.610 1.00 2.72 lbs/ft 3.602 44 2.375 2.067 1.00 lbs/f! 5.114 30 2-1/2* 2.875 2.468 1.00 5.80 lbs/ft 7.875 30 3' 3.500 3.068 l.'Ju 7.58 lbsift 10.783 19 4* 4.500 4.026 1.00 10801bs/ft 16.316 19 *Only available in Casa Grande, AZ -Corrosion Resistance Ratio per latest Ill Directory listing PIPE! PREPARATION For proper operation, all pipe surfaces should be cleaned prior to installation. In order to provide a leak-tight seat for the gasket, pipe surfaces should be free from indentations and projections from the end of the pipe to the groove. All loose paint, scale, dirt, chips, grease, and rust must be removed prior to installation. Failure to take these important steps may result in improper coupling assembly, causing leakage. Also, check the manufacturer's instructions for the specific fitting used. <'f For Additional Information Contact (800) 325-4467 www.bullmoosetube.com Or From Canada Call: (800) 882-4666 sales@bulImoosetube.com ?J 1819 Clarkson Road Chesterfield, MO Gerald, MO Kent, WA Case Grande, AZ Dallas, TX Masury OH BULL. fVIODBE TUBE COrVIPANY 63017 . . -. 4 - - - M - - - M - _I - M - - M M - - - — — U Bull Moose Tube's® Eddythread 40® is a lightweight replacement for Schedule 40 that has a Corrosion Resistance Ratio of 1. c®us LISTED <S> APPROVED []4. ONFSA NFPA ADVANTAGES OF BULL MOOSE TUBE'S EDDVTHREAD 4c,® Has a Corrosion Resistance Ratio of 1.0. Has a pressure rating of 300 psi. Is lighter weight than Schedule 40. Is approved by Factory Mutual and listed by Underwriters Laboratories. Is produced in accordance to ASTM Al 35 and A795 Type E, Grade A. Can be used with standard Schedule 40 threaded fittings, couplings, and valves. Is produced from steel with excellent properties of strength and threadability. Can be used in wet, preaction, and deluge type sprinkler systems. Can be hot dipped galvanized to meet FM's requirement for dry systems. Offers lower freight costs. Supplied with EDDY GUARD Il® MIC preventative coating. EDOYTHREAD 40® SF iECFCATDNS NOMINAL PIPE O.D. I.D. WEIGHT WATER FILLED BUNDLE SIZE (IN) (IN) (IN) CRR* LB./FT WEIGHT SIZE 1 1.295 1.083 1.00 1.461 1.860 70 1-1/4 1,650 1.418 1.00 2.070 2.754 51 1-1/2 1.900 1.654 1.00 2.547 3.468 44 2 2.375 2.123 1.00 3.308 4.842 30 *Corrosion Resistance Ratio per latest UL Directory Listing PIPE PREPARATION For proper operation, all pipe surfaces should be cleaned prior to installation. In order to provide a leak-tight seat for the gasket, pipe surfaces should be free from indentations and projections from the end of the pipe to the groove. All loose paint, scale, dirt, chips, grease, and rust must be removed prior to installation. Failure to take these important steps may result in improper coupling assembly, causing leakage. Also, check the manufacturer's instructions for the specific fitting used. For Additional Information Contact (800) 325-4467 www.bullmoosetube.com Or From Canada Call: (800) 882-4666 sales@bulImoosetube.com U 1819 Clarkson Road Chesterfield, MO Gerald, MO Kent, WA Casa Grande, AZ Dallas, TX Masury, OH BULL PdICDSE TUBE corapan,v 63017 Bull Moose Tube's® Eddylite® is a lightwall threadable pipe manufactured in NPS 1" through 2". Eddylite® is truly unique product within the fire protection industry. This product has been engineered to provide lower cost fire protection systems without compromising service life, adequate wall thickness, or standard outside diameter. Eddylite® is manufactured to meet the requirements of ASTM A135 and A795 specifications. This pipe product has been fully approved by Factory Mutual, and listed by Underwriters Laboratories (for U.S. and Canada) for use in fire protection systems with a working pressure of 300 psi or less. c®us LISTED ADVANTAGES OF BULL MOOSE TUBE® EDDYLITE® Standard outside diameter, unlike some other lightwall threadable pipe products. Lighter in weight than Schedule 40. Superior burst strength and corrosion resistance ratio compared to other lightwall threadable pipe products. Exceptionally strong, meets or exceeds ASIM Al 35 minimum yield requirements. Can be used with standard couplings, fittings, and valves. Freight savings. Lower sprinkler system costs without compromising service life. Better hydraulics than Schedule 40. Wall thickness and weight close to Schedule 30; compare to other lightwall threadable water filled products with wall thickness less than Schedule 10! NOMINAL STANDARD INSIDE UL UL WEIGHT WATER BUNDLE PIPE SIZE (IN) O.D. (IN) DIAMETER (IN) THREADED UNTHREADED PER FT. FILLED SIZE 1 1.315 1.137 0.13 .7.47 1.260 1.700 91 1-1/4 1.660 1.482 008 4.79 1.617 2.364, 61 1-112 1.900 1.712 0.12 4.53 1.967 2.965 61 2 2375 2.177 016 431 2.617 4.230 37 *Corrosion Resistance Ratio per latest UL Directory Listing PIPE PREPARATION For proper operation, all pipe surfaces should be cleaned prior to installation. In order to provide a leak-tight seat for the gasket, pipe surfaces should be free from indentations and projections from the end of the pipe to the groove. All loose paint, scale, dirt, chips, grease, and rust must be removed prior to installation. Failure to take these important steps may result in improper coupling assembly, causing leakage. Also, check the manufacturer's instructions for the specific fitting used. APPROVED (;] .4..." - NFPA For Additional Information Contact (800)325-4467 www.bullmoosetube.com Or From Canada Call: (800) 882-4666 sales@bullmoosetube.com U 1819 Clarkson Road Chesterfield, MO Gerald, MO Kent, WA Casa Grande, AZ Dallas, TX Masur OH BULL MOOSE TUBE cosi.anw 63017 B — — — — — — — M — = — 1=1 — — — — — — — - I WEIGHT WATER FILLED BUNDLE PER FT. WT. SIZE C - -- 1.222 2.019 61 1.844 2.860 61 2.330 3.982 37 2.809 5.299 30 3.361 7.144 19 4963 11290 19 ADVANTAGES OF BULL MODSE TUBES EDDY FLDW® Certified to ASTM Al 35 and A795 Type E, Grade A. FM approved for roll grooving and welding for use in wet systems. UL Listed (for U.S. and Canada) for joining by welding or by listed rubber gasketed fittings for use in wet, dry, preaction, and deluge type sprinkler systems. Lightweight - saves shipping costs and offers easier handling. Can be used with roll grooved couplings or welded outlets for pressures up to 300 psi. Can be supplied roll grooved or plain end. Can be hot dipped galvanized to meet FM's & UL requirement for dry systems. Supplied with EDDY GUARD Il® MIC preventative coating. NPS O.D. EDDY FLOW® EDDY FLOW® SIZE (IN) (IN) (ID) CRR* 1-1/4 1.660 1.530 1.98 11/2 1.900 1.728 344 2 2.375 2.203 2.78 2-112 2.875 2.705 1.66 3 3.500 3.334 100 4 4500 4.310 100 *Corrosion Resistance Ratio per latest UL Directory Listing Bull Moose Tube's® Eddy Flow® is a specially engineered replacement for Schedule 10, offering better flow characteristics while providing design flexibility. This product is FM approved, as well as UL Listed (for U.S. and Canada) for roll grooving and welding. As an added benefit, it is more economical to use than Schedule 10 due to reduced delivery costs and ease of handling. Furthermore, Eddy How's® larger ID provides an opportunity for downsizing and further cost savings. c®us LISTED APPROVED NFPA PIPE PREPARATION For proper operation, all pipe surfaces should be cleaned prior to installation. In order to provide a leak tight seat for the gasket, pipe surfaces should be free from indentations and projections from the end of the pipe to the groove. All loose paint, scale, dirt, chips, grease, and rust must be removed prior to installation. Failure to take these important steps may result in improper coupling assembly, causing leakage. Also, check the manufacturer's instructions for the specific fitting used. C:i3 A For Additional Information Contact (800) 325-4467 www.bulImoosetube.com Or From Canada Call (800) 882-4666 sales@builmoosetube.com 81 1819 Clarkson Road Chesterfield, MO Gerald, MO Kent, WA Casa Grande, AZ Dallas, TX Masury, OH BULL P/lOOSE TUBE CONIPANV 63017 Bull Moose Tube's® Ultra Eddy® is a versatile product that can be roil grooved, welded, and used with Pressfit* Products. ADVANTAGES OF BULL MOOSE TU8E' ULTRA EDDY Certified to ASTM Al 35 and A795 Type E, Grade A. FM approved for roll grooving and welding for use in wet systems. UL listed (for U.S. and Canada) for joining by welding or by listed rubber gasketed fittings for use in wet, dry, preaction, and deluge type sprinkler systems. Lightweight - saves shipping costs, offers easier handling. Multidimensional: Can be used with all Schedule 5 approved roll grooved, welding and Pressfit* Products for pressures up to 175 psi. Designed to generic Schedule 5 tolerances for easy interchangeability with all approved or listed fittings. Can be supplied roil grooved or plain end. 'With a larger ID than other products on the market today, Ultra Eddy® offers substantial improvements in hydraulics. This improvement allows for downsizing within the system which offers the opportunity for additional cost savings. Can be hot dipped galvanized to meet FM's requirement for dry systems. NPS O.D.ULTRA ULTRA EDDY® WEIGHT WATER BUNDLE (IN) (IN) EDDY® (ID) CRR** PER FT. FILLED WT. SIZE 1 1.315 1.201 2.17 .868 1.359 91 1-1/4 1.660 1.546 1.40 1107 1.920 61 1-1/2 1.900 1.786 1.11 1.274 2.360 61 2 2.375 2.261 1.00 1.604 3.344 37 * Pressfit is a Registered Trademark of Victaulic Company of America ** Corrosion Resistance Ratio per latest UL Directory Listing c®us LISTED APPROVED nNFPW o 4 ONFSA 8 PIPE PREPARATION For proper operation, all pipe surfaces should be cleaned prior to installation. In order to provide a leak-tight seat for the gasket, pipe surfaces should be free from indentations and projections from the end of the pipe to the groove. All loose paint, scale, dirt, chips, grease, and rust must be removed prior to installation. Failure to take these important steps may result in improper coupling assembly, causing leakage. Also, check the manufacturer's instructions for the specific fitting used. For Additional Information Contact (800) 325-4467 www.bullmoosetube.com Or From Canada Call: (800) 882-4666 sales@buIlmoosetube.com 1819 Clarkson Road Chesterfield, MO Gerald, MO Kent, WA Case Grande, AZ Dallas, TX Masury, OH BULL BIOOSE TUBE CDBIFANV 63017 - t_ M _L - - - _ - - - - - - - - - - NPS(IN) 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 4 0.D. (in) 1.315 1.660 1.900 2.375 .0(m) 1.201 1.546 1.786 2.261 ULTRA EDDY Empty Weight (lb/ft) 0.868 1.107 1.274 1.604 Water-Filled Weight (Ib/ft) 1.359 1.920 2.360 3.344 C.R.R. 2.17 1.40 1.11 1.00 O.D.ciii) 1.660 1.900 2.375 2.875 3.500 4.500 .0(m) 1.530 1.728 2.203 2.705 3.334 4.310 EDDY FLOW Empty Weight (lb/ft) 1.222 1.844 2.330 2.809 3.361 4.968 Vm.1orflUcd Weight (th/ft 2,010 2.1360 3.902 5.200 7.144 11.290 C.R.R. 3.44 278 1.66 1.00 1.00 - 0.D. (in) 1.315 1.660 1.900 2.375 2.875 3.500 4.500 l.D,(in) 1.097 1.442 1.682 2.157 2.635 3.260 4.260 SCHEDULE Empty Weight (lb/ft) 1.410 1.810 2.090 2.540 3.530 4.340 5.620 10 Water-Filled Weight (Ibfft) 1.820 2,518 3.053 4.223 5.893 7.957 11.796 C.R.R. 15.27 9.91 7.75 6.27 4.92 3.54 2.50 0.D.(mn) 1.315 1.660 1.900 2.375 0(m) 1.137 1.482 1.712 2.177 EDDYLITP Empty Weight (lb/ft) 1.260 1.617 1.967 2.617 Wdke-Filled Weight (lb/ft), 1.700 2.364 2.965 4.230 C.R.R. 0.13 0.08 0.12 0.16 00(m) 1.295 1,650 1.900 2.375 EDDYTHREAD .0(m) 1.083 1.418 1.645 2.123 40 Empty Weight (lb/It) 1A61 2.070 2.547 3.308 Water-Filled Weight (lb/ft) 1,860 2.754 3.468 4.842 CR R. 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 C.D.(in) 1 315 1.660 1.900 2.375 2.875 3.500 4.500 I.D. (ii) 1 049 1.380 1.610 2.067 2.469 3058 4.026 SCHEDULE ErnptyWemqt (lbfft) 1 680 2 270 2.720 3.660 5.800 7.580 10.000 40 Wdtei -Filled Weight (ltJJ1t) 2.055 2918 3.602 5.114 7.875 10.783 16.316 CR.R. 1.00 1.00 100 1.00 1.00 1.00 LOO A A For Additional Information Contact (800) 325-4467 www.buIlmoosetube.com Or From Canada Call: (800) 882-4666 sales@bulImoosetube.com U 1819 Clarkson Road Chesterfield, MO Gerald, MO Kent, WA Casa Grande, AZ Dallas, TX Masury, OH BULL. IVIOOSL TUBE COTVIRAflv 63017 c®us LISTED ArrfloV[D (]NFPA k § J~q 21 PIPE LENGTH (FT.) 24 25. NPS PIPE WEIGHT PIECES WEIGHT - ......... WEIGHT WEIGHT TYPE PER FOOT PER BUNDLE PER BUNDLE PER BUNDLE PER BUNDLE UL1HAEDDY 0868 91 1,659 1,896 ...........1,975 SCHEDULE 10 1.410 91 2,695 3,079 3,208 ¶ EDDYUTE' 1.260 91 2,408 2,752 2,867 EUDYIHRLAV4U ' 1.4b1 70 2,148 '2,454 2,557 SCHEDULE 40 •' 1.680 70 2,470 2,822 2,940 ULI RA EDDY4 7:".' ..... ' 61 ...............1,418 ........ ' 1,621 1,688 EDDY FLOW` 1.222 61 1,565 1,789 1,864 ' SCHEDULE 10 1.810 61 2,319 2,650 2,760 11/4 . EDDYLITE 1.617 61 2,071 2,367 . 2,466 EDDYTHREAD 40' 2.070 Si 2,217 2,534 2,639 SCHEDULE 40 . 2.270 51 2,431 2,778 .2,894. ULTRA EDDY' 1.274 61 1,632 1,865 1,943 EDDY FLOW"' ' 1.844 61 2;362 2,700 ' 2,812 SCHEDULE 10 2.090 61 2,677 3,060 3,187 11/? EDDYUIE ' '' . 1.961 61 2,520 2,880 3,000' EDDYTHREAD 40", 2.547 44 2,353 2,690 2,802 SCHEDULE 40 2.720 44 2,513 2,872 2,992 ULTRA EDDY""""": 1.604 37 1,246 1,424'' 1,484 EDDY FLOW 2.330 37 1,810 ' 2,069 2,155 SCHEDULE iu 2.640 37 ''''"'' 2,051 ' ' 2,344 . ' '''"" 2,442' 2 EDDYLITE 2.617 37 ' 2,033 2,324 2,421 EDDYTHREAD 40 3.308 30 4084 2,382 2,481 SCHEDULE 40 " 3.660 '''"' ' o 2;306'' "" 2,635 4745'' EDDY FLOW" 2.809 1,770 2,022 2,107 21I2 SCHEDULE 10 ' 3.530 0' 2,224--i '' 2,542 . ' 2,648 SCHEDULE 40* 5.800 3,654 4,176 4,350 EDDY FLOW` 3.361 1,341 1,533 1,596 3 SCHEDULE 10 4.340 19 1,732 1,979 2,062 = SCHEDULE 40 7.580 3 024 3 455&- EDDY FLOW • , 4.968 1,982 2,265 2,360 4 SCHEDULE 10 5.620 19 ....2,242 2,563 ' • 2,670 l SCHEDULE 4O lOsoo 4309 4925 5130 6 • ' SCHEDULE 10 • 9.289 10 1,951 2,229 2,322 8 SCHEDULE 10 16.940 7 2,490 2,846 2,965 ®us LISTED APPROVED ONfA NFPK * Only Available in Casa Grande, AZ mm - - -, - - mm - - mmm m BULL MOOSE TUBE CDMAI'JV 1819 Clarkson Road Chesterfield, MO 63017 PHONE: (800) 325-4467 FAX: (636) 537-2645 www.bullmoosetube.com sales@bullmoosetube.com Bull Moose Tube EDDY FLOW Steel Pipe Joined by Threading, Bonding or Compression/Grooved Couplings MaxZone of Influence Load (Fpw) lbs. Max. Transverse and 4-way Brace Spacing (ft.) *** According to HLF for the 2006 & 2009 BC (ASCE 7-05 ) & Cp for NFPA-13 shown in BOLD TYPE Pipe Transverse Brace Spacing* Size 20 ft. 25 ft. 30 ft. 35 ft. 40 ft. 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 1 1/4 136 109 89 76 64 40 40 37 32 29 26 24 23 21 20 19 18 1 1/2 232 185 152 130 109 40 40 40 35 31 29 27 25 23 22 21 20 2 372 297 244 209 175 40 40 40 38 34 31 28 27 25 24 23 22 2 1/2 549 440 360 309 258 40 40 40 40 36 32 30 28 26 25 24 23 3 809 648 1 531 455 1 381 40 40 40 40 1 37 34 31 29 28 26 25 24 4 1 1544 1235 1 1012 867 1 726 40 40 40 40 1 40 37 34 1 2 30 1 29 28 26 Bull Moose Tube EDDYTHREAD 40 Steel Pipe Joined by Threading, Bonding or Compression/Grooved Couplings MaxZone of Influence Load (Fpw) lbs. Max. Transverse and 4-way Brace Spacing ( ft.) According to HLF for the 2006 & 2009 BC (ASCE 7-05 ) & Cp for NFPA-13 shown in BOLD TYPE Pipe Transverse Brace Spacing Size 20 ft. 25 ft. 30 ft. 35 ft. 40 ft. 0.25 1 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 12.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 1 119 95 78 67 56 40 40 36 31 28 25 24 22 21 20 19 18 1 1/4 218 175 143 123 103 40 40 40 35 31 28 26 25 23 22 21 20 1 1/2 312 250 205 175 147 40 40 40 37 33 30 28 26 25 23 22 21 2 518 414 339 291 243 40 40 40 40 36 33 30 29 27 26 24 23 c®us LISTED APPROVED (] :4 N4 NFPA For Additional Information Contact (800) 325-4467 www.bullmoosetube.com Or From Canada Call: (800) 882-4666 sales@bullmoosetube.com U 1819 Clarkson Road Chesterfield, MO Gerald, MO Kent, WA Casa Grande, AZ Dallas, TX Masury, OH BULL MOOSE TUBE COMPANY 63017 11 ,0 BULL MOOSE TUBE COMPANY 1819 Clarkson Road Chesterfield, MO 63017 PHONE: (800) 325-4467 FAX: (636) 537-2645 www.bullmoosetubecom sales@bullmoosetube.com LW BMT EDDY PIPE@ BRAND SPRINKLER PIPE IS PRODUCED AT OUR GERALD, MO., CASA GRANDE, AZ. AND MASURY, OH. PLANTS WITH ADDITIONAL STOCKING LOCATIONS IN DALLAS, TX. AND KENT, WA. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR SALESPERSON TODAY AT: (800) 3$54$67 OR FROM CANADA CALL: (800) 8824666 / - .- I I •.. L. - I c®us LISTED APPROVED no 4. OjVFS NFPA —'Tb • U t HLJ I?J _ I SA' C7 DALLAS TX —z----- STOCKING LOCATION MANUFACTURING PLANT/ STOCKING LOCATION --- — c®us LISTED .4,n4o ONFSA APPROVED NFPA — — — — — — — — — — = S INNOVATIVE S _ _ FIRE PROTECTION, INC. S I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I 8779 Cottonwood Ave.,Ste. 101 - Santee, CA 92071 T 19.593.8200 - F: 619.593.9133 ifpinc.net . CA License .40.16711148 I I I I tqC06 Worldwide www.tyco-fire.com Contacts BLAZEMASTER CPVC Fire Sprinkler Pipe & Fittings Submittal Sheet General Description TYCO CPVC Pipe and Fittings pro- duced by Johnson Controls are designed exclusively for use in wet pipe automatic fire sprinkler systems. The TYCO CPVC Pipe and Fittings are produced from BLAZEMASTER CPVC compound that is a specially developed thermoplastic compound composed of post chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC) resin and state of the art addi- tives. TYCO CPVC Pipe and Fittings are easier to install than traditional steel pipe systems, and at the same time, provide superior heat resistance and strength as compared to traditional CPVC and PVC piping materials used in the plumbing trade. Various adapt- ers are available to connect CPVC pipe to metallic piping. All female pipe thread adapters have brass inserts for durability. Grooved adapters connect directly to grooved end valves and metallic pipe, with flexible grooved end couplings. Technical Data Sizes 3/4 Inch to 3 Inch Maximum Working Pressure 175 psi Approvals UL and C-UL Listed FM Approved LPCB Approved NSF Certified MEA Approved (Refer to Installation Handbook IH-1900 dated April 2016 for exact listing/approval information.) Manufacture Source U.S.A. Material Pipe: ASTM F442, SDR 13.5 Fittings: ASTM F438 (Sch. 40) ASTM F439 (Sch. 80) ASTM F1970 Color Orange Installation TYCO CPVC Pipe and Fittings are to be to be installed in accordance with Installation Handbook lH-1900. I I [1 I I Li I I The CPVC Pipe and Fittings produced with BLAZEMASTER CPVC compound described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document and with the applica- ble standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA), in addition to the standards of any authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for main- taining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating con- dition. Contact the installing contrac- tor or product manufacturer with any questions. IMPORTANT Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to regulatory and health information. Page 1 of 2 I AUGUST 2018 TFPI9I5 TFPI9I5 Page 2 of 2 Care and Maintenance TYCO CPVC Pipe and Fittings are to be maintained and serviced in accordance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system control valve for inspection or main- tenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, permission to shut down the affected fire protection system must first be obtained from the proper authorities and all person- nel who may be affected by this action must be notified. After placing a fire protection system in service, notify the proper authorities and advise those responsible for moni- toring proprietary and/or central station alarms. The owner is responsible for the inspec- tion, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and de-vices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSO- CIATION (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any authority having jurisdiction. Contact the installing con- tractor or product manufacturer with any questions. Automatic sprinkler systems should be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspection Service in accor- dance with local requirements and/or national codes. Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. I I I ,1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I Johnson I Controls i 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 194461 Telephone +1-215-362-0700 02016 Jot,nson Controls. All rights rosereed. All opetaiticatiaflo and other information shown were current as at document revision dale and are srEblecl to change with out C alice. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION and SFPA are registered trademarks at National FIre Pratenlion Association: BLAZEMASTER is trademartr of The Lubrieol Corporation I 1 I Victaulic® Grooved End Fittings JtauIicr I 07.01 No. 20 Tee No. 10 Elbow Certifications/Listings 1LPCBI® When supplied as "hot dip galvanized" the following fittings are UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 and for use on cold +86°F/+30°C potable water service and ANSI/NSF 372: No. 10 90° Elbow, No. 1145' Elbow, No. 12 22 16° Elbow, No. 13 11 1/40 Elbow, No. 100 90° Long Radius Elbow, No. 110 45° Long Radius Elbow, No. 20 Tee, No. 25 Tee with Grooved Branch, No. 30 45° Lateral, No. 60 Cap, No. 50 Concentric Reducers, No. 51 Eccentric Reducers. Note: The following Victaulic fittings are VdS approved: No.10 90° Elbow, No.11 45° Elbow, No.20 Tee and No.60 Cap. Note: The following Victaulic fittings are LPCB approved: No. 10 90° Elbow, No.11 451 Elbow, No.12 221/2° Elbow, No.13 111/4° Elbow, No.30 45° Lateral, No.30-R Reducing Lateral, No.100 Long Radius Elbow, No.110 Long Radius Elbow, No.20 Tee, No.35 Cross, No.60 Cap, No.25 Reducing Tee, No.33 True Wye, No.50 Concentric Reducer, No.51 Eccentric Reducer and No.291M Tee with Threaded Branch. Fittings are provided in various materials including ductile iron, steel or segmentally welded steel depending on styles and size. Fittings are painted orange enamel with a galvanized finish available as an option, contact Victaulic for details. Victaulic fittings are designed specifically for use in grooved piping systems. Fittings are provided grooved or with shoulders conforming to standard steel pipe outside diameters. When connecting wafer or lug-type butterfly valves directly to Victaulic fittings with 741 or 743 Vic-Flange® adapters, check disc clearance dimensions with I.D. dimension of fitting. I I I I I I I I I Product Description Victaulic offers a broad line of fittings in sizes through 60'71500 mm in a variety of straight and reducing styles. Most standard fittings are cast of durable ductile iron to precise tolerances. Victaulic standard fittings pressure ratings conform to the ratings of Victaulic Style 77 couplings. I All fittings are supplied with grooves or shoulders to permit fast installation without field preparation. The grooved design permits flexibility for easy alignment. I These fittings are not intended for use with Victaulic couplings for plain end pipe (refer to pLlbl!catioif 14.04 for fittings available for plain end applications). I Job/Owner Engineer AGS - Advanced Groove System Ductile Iron for AWWA size pipe from 14— 60/350 - 1500 mm Puhhcation 23.05 Publication 20.05 -it" Stainless Steel XL fittings for abrasive services Puhlcatiori 17.16 Puniication 07.07 - Galvanized . . . . Aluminum Publication 0/ui for Original Groove Fittings Publication 21,03Publcaton 2u,55 for AGS Fittings WY' Extra Heavy EndSeal 'ES" Shouldered Ends Fuolication 01.03 PubIcalion 07.06 Copper Plain End Publication 22.04 Pubi.ication 14.04 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 07.01 1449 Rev U Updated 04/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victauHc.com 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I [1 I victaulic.com I Fittings I Grooved End I Publication 07.01 Material Specifications Fitting: (specify choice) Standard: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12. 0 Optional: Segmentally welded steel as shown under nipples Nipples: (specify choice) U 3/4 - 4/20 - 100 mm: Carbon steel, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM A-53, Type F LI 5 - 6/125 - 150 mm: Carbon steel, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM A-53, Type E or 5, Gr. B U 8 - 12/200 - 300 mm: Carbon steel, Schedule 30 or 40, conforming to ASTM A-53, Type E or 5, Gr. B Flanged Adapter Nipples: (specify choice) 0 Class 125 Flange: Cast iron conforming to ANSI B-16.1 LI Class 150 Flange: Carbon steel conforming to ANSI B-16.5, raised or flat face 0 Class 300 Flange: Carbon steel conforming to ANSI B-16.5, raised or flat face Fitting Coating: (specify choice) Standard: Orange enamel. O Optional: Hot dip galvanized and others. Some fittings supplied electroplated as standard - see product specifications. Flanged Adapter Nipple Coating: (specify choice) Standard: None (Unfinished) O Optional: Orange enamel, hot dip galvanized and others. I I I I The chart expresses the frictional resistance cf various Victaulic fittings as equivalent feet of straight pipe. Fittings not listed can be estimated from the data given, for example, a 221/2 elbow is approximately one-half the resistance of a 450 elbow. Values of mid-sizes can be interpolated. Size Dimensions 900 Elbows 450 Elbows Tees No. 100 No. 110 Actual Outside No. 10 11/2 D Long No. 11 1½ D Long Nominal Size Diameter Std. Radius Radius Std. Radius Radius Branch Run inches inches feet feet feet feet feet feet mm mm meters meters meters meters meters meters 1 1.315 1.7 0.8 4.2 1.7 25 33.7 0.5 - 0.2 - 1.3 0.5 2 2.375 3.5 2.5 1.8 1.1 8.5 3.5 50 60.3 1.1 0.8 0.5 0.3 2.6 1.1 7 1 3.000 4.3 2.1 10.8 4.3 6. mm 76.1 1.3 - 0.7 - 3.3 1.3 1-1 3 3.500 1 5.0 3.8 2.6 1.6 13.0 5.0 80 88.9 1.5 1.2 0.8 0.5 4.0 1.5 4.250 6.4 3.2 15.3 6.4 108.0 mm 108.0 2.0 - 0.9 - 4.7 2.0 4 4.500 6.8 5.0 3.4 2.1 16.0 6.8 100 114.3 2.1 1.5 1.0 0.6 4.9 2.1 5.250 8.1 4.1 20.0 8.1 133.0 mm 133.0 2.5 - 1.2 - 6.2 2.5 5.500 8.5 4.2 21.0 8.5 139.7 mm 139.7 2.6 - 1.3 - 6.4 2.6 5 5.563 8.5 4.2 21.0 8.5 125 141.3 2.6 - 1.3 - 6.4 2.6 6.250 9.4 4.9 25.0 9.6 159.0 mm 159.0 2.9 - 1.5 - 7.6 2.9 6.500 9.6 5.0 25.0 10.0 165.1 mm 165.1 1.5 - 7.6 3.0 6 6.625 10.0 7.5 5.0 3.0 25.0 10.0 150 168.3 3.0 2.3 1.5 0.9 7.6 3.0 8 8.625 13.0 9.8 6.5 4.0 33.0 13.0 200 219.1 4.0 3.0 2.0 1.2 10.1 4.0 10 10.750 17.0 12.0 8.3 5.0 41.0 17.0 250 273.0 5.2 3.7 IS 1.5 12.5 5.2 12 12.750 20.0 14.5 10.0 6.0 50.0 20.0 300 323.9 6.1 4.4 3.0 1.8 15.2 6.1 14 14.000 24.5' 15.8 18.51 11.0 70.0 23.0 350 355.6 7.5 4.8 5.6 3.4 21.3 7.0 16 16.000 28.01 18.0 21.01 13.0 80.0 27.0 400 406.4 8.5 5.5 6.4 4.0 24.4 8.2 18 18.000 31.0' 20.0 23.5 1 14.0 90.0 30.0 450 457.0 1 - 9.5 6.1 -7.2 4.3 27.4 9.1 20 20.000 34.0 1 22.5 25.5 1 16.0 100.0 33.0 800 508.0 10.4 6.9 7.8 4.9 30.5 10.1 24 24.000 42.0 1 27.0 1 29.5 1 19.0 120.0 40.0 600 610.0 12.8 8.2 9.0 5.8 36.6 12.2 AGS fittings available up to 60"I1500 mm. Contact Victaulic for details. AGS 1 Fitting flow data for 14-24/350-600 mm size No. 10 and No. 11 Elbows is based on fittings for Style 07 and 77 couplings. For flow data on AGS fittings (No. W10 and No. WI Elbows), refer to publication 20.05. I I I I I I I I Li I I I I I I Li 07.01 1449 Rev U updated 04/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. vctauJic.com 4 'j'(ctauIac' Li I I I I I victaulic.com I Fittings I Grooved End I Publication 07.01 Dimensions Elbows I No. 10 900 Elbow No. 11 45'Elbow No. 12 22 ½° Elbow • No. 13 11140 Elbow I No. 100 90° Long Radius No. 110 450 Long Radius - CtoE- - E to E i.-CtoE1 CtoE Ct ct oE C to E to E L No. 10 No. 11 No. 12 No. 13 No. 100 No. 110 Standard and GSNK No. 100 No. 110 No. 10 No. 11 No. 12 No. 13 900 Long Radius 450 Long Radius Size 900 Elbow 45° Elbow 22W Elbow 11'/4° Elbow Elbow Elbow Actual Approx. 1 Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Outside Nominal Size Diameter Wgt. C to E Each Wgt. C to E Each Wgt. C to E Each C to E Wgt. Each C to E Wgt. Each C to E Wgt. Each inches inches inches lbs. inches lbs. inches lbs. inches lbs. inches lbs. inches lbs. mm mm mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg 3/4 1.050 2.25 0.5 1.50 0.5 1.63 (sw) 1 1.38 (sw) 2.50 (sw) 0.4 1.88 (sw) 0.3 20 26.9 57 0.2 38 0.2 41 - 35 - 64 0.2 48 0.1 1 1 1.315 2.25 0.6 1.75 0.6 3.25 2 0.6 1.38 (sw) 0.3 2.88 (sw) 0.6 2.25 (sw) 0.5 25 33.7 1 ¼ 1.660 32 42.4 1 ½ 1.900 57 0.3 2.75 1.0 70 0.5 2.75 1.2 44 0.3 1.75 0.9 44 0.4 1.75 0.9 83 0.3 1.75 0.8 44 0.4 1.75 0.8 35 1.38 (sw) 35 1.38 (sw) 0.1 0.5 0.2 0.5 73 3.25 (sw) 83 3.63 (sw) 0.3 1.1 0.5 2.2 57 2.38 (sw) 60 2.50 (sw) 0.2 0.7 0.3 1.3 40 48.3 70 0.5 44 0.4 44 0.4 35 0.2 92 1.0 64 0.6 2 2.375 3.25 1 1.8 2.00 1.3 3752 1.4 1.38 1.0 4.38 2.5 2.75 1.8 50 60.3 83 0.8 51 0.6 95 0.6 35 0.5 111 1.1 70 0.8 21/2 2.875 3.75 3.2 2.25 11 2.2 4.00 2 1 2.3 1.50 1.1 1 5.13 3.4 3.00 2.8 65 73.0 95 1.5 57 1.0 102 1.0 38 0.5 130 1.5 76 1.3 76.1 3.000 mm 3.75 3.7 2.25 3.4 2.25 1.50 - 76.1 95 1.7 57 1.5 - 57 38 - - - - 3 3.500 4.25 4.5 2.50 3.1 4.502 3.1 1.50 2.1 5.88 6.0 3.38 4.9 80 88.9 108 2.0 64 1.4 114 1.4 38 1.0 149 2.7 86 2.2 31/2 1 4.000 90 101.6 4.50 1 5.6 114 2.5 2.75 1 4.3 70 2.0 2.50 (sw) t 4.0 64 1.8 1.75 (sw) 44 2.7 1.2 - - - - 4 4.500 5.00 7.1 3.00 5.6 2.88 5.6 1.75 3.6 7.50 12.3 4.00 7.3 100 11143 7 I 76 _zI_ ._3.3 4.250 108.0 mm 5.00 11.0 3.00 5.6 10 1 - - 08. 4½ .5.000 127 5.0 ...5.25 (SW)I 10.0 3;13(sw)f 6.0 -. 3.50(sw)i 6.6 1.88 (Sw) 76 2.5 4.2 120 .l7.0 .............1331 4.5 79 2.7 3.0 ..........89 48 1.9 - - - 5 5.563 5.50 11.7 3.25 8.3 2.88(sw)I 7.8 2.O0 (sw) 5.0 9.25(5w)I 18.2 4.88 (sw) 14.8 125 141.3 140 5.3 83 3.8 73 3.5 51 2.2 235 8.3 124 6.7 1 5.250 133.0 mm 5.50 1 11.7 3.25 8.3 I 3.8 -_I_ -_I- - 1 5.500 139.7 m 5.50 11.7 3.25 8.3 2.88 j 2.00 -- ..97 ..............40 ....183 3.8 - 73 1 51 - - - - ............ 2 Gooseneck design, end-to-end dimension fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 3 For 14/350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic otters the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of ciii groove fillings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 4 Chinese standard sizes I I I I I I 1 I I I I EtoE -CtoE1 ____Li. C to £ Cto Hq _ n to E I -, No. 12 No. 10 No. 11 Standard and GSNK CtoE Ct No. 13 No. 100 No. 110 No. 100 No. 110 No. 10 No. 11 No. 12 No. 13 1 90° Long Radius 45° Long Radius Size 900 Elbow 45° Elbow 22½0 Elbow 11¼0 Elbow Elbow Elbow Actual Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx Approx. Outside Wgt. Wgt. Wgt. Wgt. i Wgt Wgt. Nominal Sizel. Diameter C to E Each C to E Each I c to E Each C to E Each C to E Each C to E Each inches inches inches lbs. inches lbs. inches lbs. inches lbs. inches lbs. inches lbs, M mm mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg 6 6.625 6.50 17.2 3.50 10.8 6.25 2 12.2 2.00 7.0 10.75 30.4 550 17.4 150 168.3 165 7.8 89 4.9 159 5.5 51 3.2 273 13.8 140 .7.9 6.250 6.50 18.6 3.50 10.8 159.0 mm 159.0 165 8.4 89 4.9 - - - - - - 1651 mm 6.500 650 155 350 98 313 114 200 74 1075(sw) 290 550(sw) 190 165.1 165 7.0 89 4.4 79 5.2 51 3.4 273 13.2 140 8.6 8 8.625 7.75 29.9 4.25 20.4 7.751 20.0 2.00 10.1 14.25 66.0 7.25 36.0 200 219.1 197 13.6 108 9.3 197 9.1 51 4.6 362 30.0 184 16.3 10 10.750 250 273.0 12 12.750 9.00 229 10.00 63.3 28.7 74.0 4.75 121 5.25 37.5 17.0 66.7 4.38(sw) 111 4.88 (sw) 30.0 2.13 13.6 54 40.0 1 2.25 11.8 5.3 29.3 15.00 381 18.00 107.0 48.5 156.0 6.25 159 7.50 57.0 25.9 90.0 300 323.9 254 33.6 133 30.3 124 18.1 57 13.3 457 70.8 191 40.8 14 3 14.000 14.00 136.0 5.75 65.0 5.00(sw) 46.0 3.50(sw) 32.0 21.00(s) 164.0 8.75 82.0 350 355.6 356 61.7 146 29.5 127 20.9 89 14.5 533 74.4 222 37.2 14.843 14.84 149.3 6.13 82.0 3770 MM4 377.0 377 67.7 156 37.2 16 16.000 16.00 171.0 6.63 88.0 5.00(sw) 58.0 1400(51t1) 42.0 24.00(s) 210.0 10.00(s) 100.0 400 406.5 406 77.6 168 39.3 127 26.3 . 102 19.1 610 95.3 254 45.4 4260 16.773 mm 16.75 198.6 7.00 101.3 426.0 425 90.1 178 45.9 - - - - - - - 18 3 18.000 18.00 228.0 7.50 108.0 5.50(sw) 65.0 14.50(sw) 53.2 27.00(s) 273.0 11.25(s) 135.0 450 457.2 457 103.4 190 50.0 140 29.5 144 24.1 686 123.8 286 61.2 4800 18.898 .mm 18.88 291.0 7.83 141.7 4800 203 20.000 .480 20.00 298.0 132.01 ..00 8.25 ..3 138.0 6.00(5w) ....................., 78.6 15.00(sw) 65.0 30.00(s) .... 343.0 .. 12.50(s) .. 174.0 500 508.0 508 135.2j 210 62.6 ............................ 152 36.0 127 29.5 J 762 155.6 318 78.9 1 20.866 20.88 355.0 8.63 179.0 530.0 mm - - - - - - - 530.0 530 161.0 219 81.2 24 24.000 24.00 438.0 10.00 221.0 17.00(5w) 140.0 16.00(sw) 60.0 36.00(s) 516.0 15.00(s) 251.0 600 609.6 610 198.7 254 100.2 I .1Z 63.5 1 152 ...........27.2 914 234..j 381 ..........113.9 6300mm4 1 24.803 24.80 545.0 10.25 255.2 - - - - - - - - ..................Q .7•?L6 j For AGS fitting information, see publication 20.05 14-60 AGS 1500 350- I......................................................................... ............ 2 Gooseneck design, end-to-end dimension fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 3 For 14/350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and svailahility of cut groove fittings in this 5dm, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 4 Chinese standard sizes General Notes Note: All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (5w) or (s). (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded 07.01 1449 Rev U Updated 04/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 6 \,4CtaUliCe [ I No. 35 Cross No. 33 True Wye No. 29M Tee with Threaded Branch -C to E f.CtoE 1 1 I ILIto Oo c No. 20 No. 35 No. 33 No. 29M No. 20 No. 35 No. 33 No. 29M Size Tee Cross (Sw) True Wye (sw) Tee with Threaded Branch Approx. Approx. Appro. Approx. Actual Outside Weight Weight Weight Weight Nominal Size Diameter C to E Each C to E Each C to LE C to SE Each C to GE C to TE Each inches inches inches lbs. inches lbs. inches inches lbs. inches inches lbs. MM mm mm kg mm kg mm mm kg mm mm kg 3/4 1.050 2.25 0.6 2.25 0.9 2.25 2.00 0.7 2.25 2.25 (sw) 0.6 20 26.9 .57 0.3 57 0.4 ..57 .............. 57.................................0...._3 1 1.315 2.25 1.0 2.25 1.3 2.25 2.25 1.1 2.25 2.25 1.0 25 33.7 57 0.5 57 0.6 57 57 0.5 57 57 0.5 14 1.660 2.75 1.5 2.75 2.1 2.75 2.50 1.5 2.75 2.75 1.5 32 42.4 70 0.7 70 1.0 70 64 0.7 70 70 0.7 11/2 1.900 2.75 2.0 2.75 2.5 2.75 2.75 1.8 2.75 2.75 2.0 40 48.3 70 0.9 70 1.1 70 70 0.8 70 70 0.9 2 2.375 3.25 3.0 3.25 3.8 3.25 2.75 2.5 3.25 4.25 1 3.0 50 60.3 83 1.4 83 1.7 83 70 1.1 83 108 1.4 21/2 2.875 3.75 4.3 3.75 6.1 3.75 3.00 4.3 1 3.75 3.75 4.3 65 73.0 95 2.0 95 2.8 95 76 2.0 95 95 2.0 76.1 3.000 3.75 5.2 3.75 3.75 (sw) 5.2 mm 76.1 95 2.4 - - - - - 95 95 2.4 3 3.500 4.25 6.8 4.25 10.5 4.25 3.25 6.1 4.25 6.00 6.8 80 88.9 108 3.0 108 4.8 108 83 2.8 108 152 3.1 3½ 4.000 4.50 (sw) 7.9 4.50 11.5 4.50 3.50 9.6 4.50 4.50 (sw) 7.9 90 101.6 114 3.6 114 5.2 114 89 44 114 114 3.6 1080 4.250 5.00 15.5 5.00 5.00(sw) 15.5 MM 108.0 127 7.0 - - - - - 127 127 7.0 4 4.500 5.00 11.9 5.00 1 15.8 5.00 3.75 9.8 5.00 7.25 11.9 100 114.3 127 5.4 127 7.2 127 95 4.4 127 184 5.4 41/2 5.000 5.25(sw) 15.0 5.25 18.5 5.25 5.25(sw) 15.0 120 127.0 133 6.8 133 8.4 - - 133 133 6.8 1330 5.250 5.50 17.8 5.50 5.50(sw) 17.8 mm 133.0 140 8.1 - - - - 140 140 8.1 1397 5.500 5.50 17.8 5.50 5.50(sw) 17.8 mm 139.7 140 8.1 - - - 140 140 8.1 5 5.563 5.50 17.8 5.50 11 20.0 5.50 4.00 15.0 5.50 5.50(sw) 17.8 125 141.3 140 8.1 140 9.1 140 102 6.8 140 140 8.1 1590 6.250 6.50 27.1 6.50 6.50(sw) 27.1 mm 159.0 165 12.3 - - - 165 165 12.3 1651 6.500 6.50 22.0 6.50 28.0 6.50 6.50(5w) 22.0 mm 165.1 165 10.0 165] 12.7 - - - 165 165 10.0 6 For 14"/350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this sire, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 7 Chinese standard sizes 07.01 1449 Rev U Updated 04/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic,com 8 I I 1 I I victautic.com I Fittings I Grooved End I Publication 07.01 C to E CtoE-J 1 GE C to tO oC tITE No. 20 No. 35 No. 33 No. 29M No. 20 No. 35 No. 33 No. 29M Size Tee Cross (sw) True Wye (sw) Tee with Threaded Branch 1 Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Actual Outside Weight Weight Weight Weight Nominal Size i Diameter C to E Each C to E Each C to LE C to SE Each C to GE C to TE Each inches inches inches lbs. inches lbs. inches inches lbs. inches inches lbs. mm mm mm kg mm kg mm mm kg mm mm kg 6 6.625 6.50 25.7 6.50 28.0 6.50 4.50 22.3 6.50 6.50 (sw) i 25.7 150 168.3 165 11.7 165 12.7 165 114 10.1 165 165 11.7 8 8.625 7.75 47.6 7.75 48.0 7.75 6.00 36.0 7.75 200 219.1 197 21.6 197 21.8 197 152 16.3 197 - - 10 10.750 9.00 99.0 9.00 121.5 9.00 6.50 69.9 9.00 250 273.0 229 44.9 229 55.1 229 155 31.7 229 - 12 12.750 10.00 133.0 10.00 110.0 10.00 7.00 80.0 10.00 300 323.9 254 60.3 254 49.9 254 178 36.3 254 - - 146 1 14.000 11.00 (sw) 145.0 11.00 198.0 11.00 7.50 134.2 350 355.6 279 65.8 -279 89.8 279 191 60.8 - - U29211.50 145.0 377.0 mm 377.0 - - - - - - - - 16 16.000 12.0'0 (sw) 186.0 12.00 250.0 1 12.00 8.00 167.0 400 406.4 305 84.4 305 113.4 305 203 75.7 - - - 7 13.00 186.0 426.0 mm 426.0 300 84.4 - - - - - - - 186 T-457.0 18.000 15.50(sw) 260.0 15.50 350.0 15.50 8.50 234.0 450 394 117.9 394 5 158.8 394 216 106.1 - - 14.63 256.0 480.0 mm 480.0 372 1161 - - - - - - - - 206 20.000 17.25(sw) 336:0 17.25 i 452.0 17.25 9.00 281.0 500 508.0 438 152.4 438 205.0 438 229 127.5 - - - 7 15.38 (sw) 339.0 530.0 mm 530.0 391 153.8 - - - - - - - - 246 24.000 20.60 (sw) 592.0 20.00 795.0 20.00 10.00 523.0 600 610.0 508 268.5 508 360.6 508 254 237.2 - . - 17.38(sw) 473.0 6300mm 6300 441 2145 - - - - - I - - - 14 60 For AGS fitting information, see publication 20.05 350-1500 AGS 6 For 14/350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 7 Chinese standard sizes '. General Notes Note: All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (SW) or (s). (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded I I I No. 291 Threaded Branch CtoE1 -CtoE1 o to No. 25 No. 291 No. 291 No. 25 w/Thd. Size Std. Branch Approx. Nominal Size C to E C to E Weight Each inches inches inches lbs. mm mm mm kg 1 1 '/4 2.25 (sw) 2.25 (swt 1.0 25 25 20 57 57 1. 0.5 1 ¼ 1 ¼ 1 2.75 (sw) 2.75 (sw,; 1.3 32 32 25 70 70 0.6 1 ½ 1 1/2 3/4 2.75 (sw) 2.75 (sw) 1.5 40 40 20 70 70 0.7 1 2.75 (sw) 2.75 (sw) 1.5 25 70 70 0.7 2.75 (sw) 2.75 (sw) 1.7 1 ¼ 32 70 70 0.8 2 2 ~ 3.25 3.25 2.5 50 X 50 20 83 83 1.1 1 3.25 3.25 2.7 25 83 83 1.2 1 1/4 3.25 (sw) 3.25 (sw) 1.8 32 83 83 0.8 11/2 3.25 3.25 (sw) 3.0 40 83 83 1.4 21/2 21/2 3/4 3.75 (sw) 3.75 (sw) 3.9 65 65 20 95 95 1.8 1 3.75 3.75 (sw) 3.8 25 95 95 1.7 3.75 3.75 4.2 1 ¼ 32 95 95 1.7 1 1/2 3.75 3.75 3.9 40 95 95 1.8 2 3.75 3.75 (sw) 4.5 50 95 95 2.0 3 3 3/4 4.25 (sw) 4.25 (sw) 5.7 80 80 20 108 108 2.6 4.25 4.25 6.1 1 25 108 . 108 2.8 1 ¼ 4.25 4.25 8.0 32 108 108 3.6 1 ½ 4.25 4.25 (sw) 6.5 40 108 108 2.9 4.25 4.25 (sw) 6.2 2 50 108 108 2.8 21/2 4.25 4.25 (sw) -6......4.- 65 108l. 108 2.9 E 3C -1-C to [1: to L E No. 25 ND. 291 No. 291 No. 25 w/Thd. Size Std. Branch Approx. Nominal Size C to E C to E Weight Each inches inches inches lbs. mm mm mm kg 4 4 3/4 5.00 (sw) 5.00 (sw) 8.0 100 100 20 127 127 3.6 1 5.00 5.00 7.8 25 127 127 3.5 1 ¼ 5.00 (sw) 5.00 (sw) 9.6 32 127 127 4.4 1 ½ 5.00 5.00 10.2 40 127. 127 4.6 2 5.00 5.00 11.2 50 127 127 5.1 21/2 5.00 5.00 11.4 65 127 127 5.2 3 5.00 5.00 11.6 80 127 127 5.3 5 5 1 5.50 (sw) 5.50 (sw) 14.0 125 125 25 140 140 6.4 1 ½ i 5.50 (sw) 5.50 (sw) 14.3 40 140 140 6.5 2 5.50 (sw) 5.50 (sw) 14.5 50 140 140 6.6 21/2 5.50 5.50 (sw) 15.2 65 140 140 6.9 5.50 (sw) 16.6 3 i 5.50 80 140 140 7.5 4 1 5.50 5.50 (sw) 16.7 100 140 140 7.6 6 6 1 i 6.50 (sw) 6.50 (sw) 23.0 150 150 25 165 165 10.4 1 1/2 i 6.50 (sw) 6.50 (sw) 24.0 40 165 165 10.9 2 6.50 6.50 21.6 50 165 165 9.8 21/2 6.50 6.50 21.4 65 165 165 11.7 3 6.50 6.50 26.5 80 165 165 12.0 4 6.50 6.50 25.0 100 165 165 11.3 5 6.50 6.50 23.2 125 165 165 10.5 61/2 61/2 3 6.50 6.50 (sw) 24.0 165.1 165.1 80 165 J. 165 10.9 4 6.50 6.50(sw) 25.0 0 .65 ..11.3 ..................16 8 For 14/350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic cffers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales reprssentative. 9 Cast fitting available. Contact Victaulic for details. 8 For 14/350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 9 Cast fitting available. Contact Victaulic for details. 'S 07.01 1449 Rev U Updated 04/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victauflc.com 10 JctauIac0 I IH victauHc.com I Fittings I Grooved End I Publication 07.01 i.Ct0E1 r -CtoE 1IL3 C C ..l o LJ0 No. 25 No. 291 bctol CtoE.1 to to No. 25 No. 29T No. 291 No. 291 No. 25 w/Thd. No. 25 w/Thd. Size Std. Branch Size Std. Branch Approx. Approx. Nominal Size C to E C to E Weight Each Nominal Size C to E C to E Weight Each inches inches inches lbs. inches inches inches lbs. MM mm mm kg mm mm mm 11.00 (sw) kg 102.0 8 8 1 1/2 7.75 (sw) 7.75 (sw) 33.0 14 14 4 11.00 (sw) 200 200 40 197 197 15.0 350 350 100 279 279 46.3 2 7.75 (sw) 7.75 (sw) 33.5 6 11.00 (sw) 11.00 (sw) 108.2 50 197 197 15.2 150 279 279 49.1 21/2 7.75 (sw) 7.75 (sw) 39.0 8 11.00 11.00 112.0 65 197 197 17.7 200 279 279 50.8 3 7.75 (sw) 7.75 (sw) 33.6 1 10 11.00 11.00 120.0 80 197 *197 15.2 250 279 279 54.4 7.75 7.75 11.00 129.1 4 41.8 12 11.00 100 197 197 19.0 300 279 279 58.6 5 7.75 (sw) 7.75 (sw) 34.0 168 16 4 12.00 12.00 130.0 125 197 197 15.4 400 400 100 305 305 59.0 6 7.75 7.75 42.3 6 12.00 (sw) 12.00 (sw) 133.5 150 197 197 19.2 150 305 305 60.6 7.75 (sw) 7.75 (sw) 12.00 145.0 165.1 48.0 8 12.00 165.1 197 197 21.8 200 305 305 65.8 10 10 1 1/2 9.00 9.00 62.0 i 10 12.00 12.00 149.5 250 250 40 229 229 28.1 250 305 305 67.8 2 9.00 (sw) t9.00 (sw) 62.0 12 12.00 12.00 154.0 50 229 229 28.1 300 305 305 69.9 167.0 21/2 9.00 (sw) E 9.00 (sw) 62.4 14 12.00 (sw) 65 229 229 28.3 350 305 - 75.8 9.00 (sw) 9.00 (sw) 60.0 188 18 4 15.50 (sw) 3 15.50 (sw) 194.0 80 229 229 27.2 450 450 100 394 394 88.0 4 9.00 (sw) 9.00 (sw) 61.0 6 15.50 (sw) 15.50 (sw) 200.0 100 229 229 27.7 150 394 394 90.7 5 9.00 (sw) 9.00 (sw) 52.0 8 15.50 (sw) 15.50 (sw) 202.0 125 229 229 23.6 200 394 394 91.6 6 9.00 (sw) 9.00 (sw) 59.0 10 15.50 15.50 212.0 150 229 229 26.8 250 394 394 96.2 8 9.00 (sw) 9.00 (sw) 64.7 12 15.50 15.50 222.6 200 229 229 29.3 300 394 394 101.0 12 12 1 10.00 (sw) 10.00 (sw) 77.0 14 15.50 230.1 300 300 25 254 254 34.9 350 394 104.4 2 10.00(sw) 10.00 (sw) 80.0 16 15.50 247.6 50 254 254 36.3 400 394 - 112.3 10.00(5w) 10.00 (sw) 78.0 208 20 6 17.25 2½ 17.25 240.0 65 254 254 35.4 500 500 150 438 438 108.9 3 10.00 (sw) 10.00 (sw) 82.0 8 17.25 17.25 244.0 80 254 254 37.2 200 438 438 110.7 4 10.00 (sw) 10.00(5w) 80.0 10 17.25 17.25 256.0 100 254 254 36.3 250 438 438 116.1 5 10.00 (sw) . 10.00 (sw) 75.0 12 17.25 17.25 264.0 125 254 254 34.0l 300 438 438 119.8 10.00 (sw) 10.00 (sw) 275.0 6 75.0 14 17.25 150 254 254 34.0 350 438 - 124.7 8 10.00(sw) 10.00(sw) 80.0 16 17.25 288.6 200 254 1 254 36.3 400 438 - 130.9 297.0 10 10.00(5w) 10.00 (sw) 84.0 18 17.25 250 254 254 38.1 450 438 - 134.7 8 For 14'/350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 9 Cast fitting available. Contact Victaulic for details. 8 For 14I350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 9 Cast fitting available. Contact Victaulic for details. I I I I I I I I T I I I I I I I 'O 4. L)t0 No. 25 No. 29T No. 61 No. 291 No. 25 w/Thd o. _ ___ .................... .. -. .........Branch ... .... . Size Bull Plug (s) Approx. Actual Outside Approx. Weight Nominal Size Size .................._..Std. C to E If C to E Weight Each',Nominal Size Diameter E to E Each inches inches inches lbs. inches inches inches lbs. mm mm mm kg mm mm mm kg 241 24 8 20.00 20.00 340.0 ..-- .... 2.5 600 600 . ....50.1 . 50 60.3 102 1.1 10 20.00 20.00 343.9 2½ 2.875 5.00 3.0 250 .5_ 508 508 - 156.0 65 73.0 127 1.4 12 20.00 20.00 352.8 3 3.500 6.00 4.5 300 - 508 508 160.0 80 88.9 152 2.0 14 20.00 - 360.0 4 4.500 . 7.00 7.5 350 508 163.3 L 100 114.3 178 3.4 16 20.00 - 378.0 5 5.563 . 8.00 12.0 400 50 !1J. 125 141.3 203 5.4 18 20.00 - 380.0 6 6.625 10.00 17.0 ..........459 .508 ................724 150 168.5 254 77 I I 20 20.00 373.0 500 508 - 169.2 General Notes For AGS fitting information, see Steel dish caps available through 24/500 mm, contact Victaulic. 14-60 publication 20.05 No. 61 Bull Plugs should be used in vacuum service with Style 72 or 750 350-1500 AGS couplings Note: All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (a). (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welc.ed 8 For 14/350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 9 Cast fitting available. Contact Victaulic for details. General Notes No. 29T Threaded Outlet Reducing Tees are supplied NPT and are available with British Standard threads. For British Standard specify 'BSP" clearly on order. Note: All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (a). (a) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded 07.01 1449 Rev U Updated 04/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victauVccom 12 ctaul,c vctaulc.com I Fittings I Grooved End I Publication 07.01 450 Lateral No. 30 C to LE LE SE No. 30 SE No. 30 No 30 _______ Size 45° Lateral ............................................................................................................................................Nominal Actual Outside Approx. No. 30 Size Diameter C to LE C to SE Weight Each Size 450 Lateral inches inches inches inches lbs. Nominal Actual Outside Approx. mm mm I mm mm kg Size Diameter C to LE C to SE Weight Each 6.500 .4.50(sw).436 165.1 mm inches inches inches inches lbs. - 165.1 356 114 19.8 Mm ............................................................................................inm .kg 6 6.625 14.00 (sw) 4.50 (sw) 43.6 3/4 1.050 4.50 (sw) 2.00 (sw) 1.0 150 168.3 356 114 49.8 20 26.9 114 51 0.5 8 8.625 18.00 (sw) 6.00 (sw) 72.0 1 1.315 5.00 (sw) 2.25 (sw) 1.7 200 219.1 457 152 32.7 5 .37 .127 ..............57 0.8 ..................0.8 10 10.750 20.50 (sw) 6.50 (sw) 105.0 11/4 1.660 5.75 2.50 2.5 250 273.0 521 165 47.6 _Lrn ........................................................................................ 12 12.750 23.00 (sw) 7.00 (sw) 165.0 11/2 1.900 6.25 (sw) 2.75 (sw) 3.5 300 323.9 584 178 74.8 40 48.3 159 70 1.6 14 10 14.000 26.50 (sw) 7.50 (sw) 276.0 2 2.375 7.00 (sw) 2.75 (sw) 5.0 350 355.61. 673 191 125.2 ..50 60...178 .........70 ..................?3 16 10 16.000 29.00(5w) 8.00(5w) 32 2½ 2.875 7.75 (sw) 3.00 (sw) 9.0 400 406.4 737 203 156.1 65 .73 .197 ....................76 ..1 18 10 18.000 32.00(sw) 8.50(sw) 429.0 761 mm 3.000 8.50 (sw) 3.25 (sw) 11.0 450 457.0 * 813 216 194.6 21 .........................................6 ....5.0 20 10 20.000 35.00 (sw) 9.00 (sw) 500.0 3 3.500 8.50 3.25 11.7 500 508.0 .........889 229 226.8 80 88.9 216 83 5.4 24 10 24.000 40.00 (sw) i 10.00 (sw) 715.0 31/2 4.000 10.00 (sw) 3.50 (sw) 17.8 600 610.0 1016 254 324.3 90 .10........... ......... .......... ...............................................For AGS fitting information, see publication 20.05 4.500 10.50 3.75 22.2 14-60 - - ................................ 4 100 114.3 267 95 10.1 350-1500 II(fl 5 5,563 12.50 (sw) 4.00 (sw) 21.8 120 141.3 318 102 99 10 For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove 10 For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. General Notes Note: All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s). (s) = carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = carbon Steel Segmentally Welded I I I I 1 1 I I [H I I I I I I I I I I No 30-R Size 450 Reducing Lateral Approx. Nominal Size C to LE I C to SE Weight Each inches inches inches Ids. MM mm mm kg 3 3 2 8.50 3.25 9.8 80 80 50 216 83 4.4 21/2 8.50 3.25 9.8 62 216 83 4.4 4 4 2 10.50 3.75 10.0 100 100 50 267 1 95 4.5 10.50 3.75 10.0 21/2 65 267 95 4.5 3 10.50 3.75 18.3 80 267 95 8.3 5 5 2 12.50 4.00 24.0 125 125 50 318 102 12.50 4.00 27.0 3 80 318 1 102 12.2 4 12.50 4.00 26.5 100 18 .102 _ .oj 6 6 3 14.00 4.50 37.0 150 150 80 356 114 16.8 4 14.00 4.50 36.0 100 356 114 16.3 5 14.00 4.50 44.7 125 356 114 20.3 8 8 4 18.00 6.00 62.0 200 200 100 457 152 28.1 5 18.00 6.00 75.5 125 457 152 34.2 6 18.00 6.00 82.0 150 457 1 152 37.2 10 10 4 20.50 6.50 104.8 250 250 100 521 165 47.5 5 20.50 6.50 99.0 125 521 165 44.9 6 20.50 6.50 105.8 150 521 165 48.0 20.50 6.50 118.0 8 200 521 165 53.5 12 12 5 23.00 7.00 122.0 300 300 125 584 178 55.3 6 23.00 7.00 137.0 150 584 178 62.1 8 23.00 7.00 147.0 200 584 .178 66.7 10 23.00 7.00 167.0 250 584 178 - 11 For 14/350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability cf cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sates representative. C to No 30-R Size 450 ReducingLateral Approx. Nominal Size C to LE C to SE Weight Each inches inches inches lbs. MM mm mm kg 1411 14 4 26.50 7.50 172.0 350 350 100 673 191 78.0 6 26.50 7.50 187.0 150 673 191 84.8 8 26.50 7.50 205.8 200 673 191 93.4 7.50 235.0 10 26.20 250 673 191 106.6 12 26.50 7.50 2 50.0 300 673 191 113.4 1611 16 6 29.00 8.00 215.0 400 400 150 737 203 97.5 8.00 252.5 8 29.00 200 737 203 114.5 10 29.00 8.00 265.0 250 737 203 120.2 12 29.00 8.00 295.0 300 737 203 133.8 8.00 305.0 14 29.00 350 737 203 138.3 1811 18 6 32.00 8.50 274.0 450 450 150 813 216 124.3 8 32.00 8.50 275.0 200 813 216 124.7 12 32.00 8.50 347.0 300.0813 216 157.4 14 32.00 8.50 350.0 350.0 813 216 158.8 8.50 362.0 16 32.00 400.0 813 216 164.2 2011 20 12 35.00 9.00 415.0 500 500 300.0 -889 229 188.2' 9.00 420.0 14 35.00 350.0 889 229 190.5 16 35.00 10.00 425.0 400.0 899 229 192.8 2411 24 16 40.00 10.00 425.0 600 600 400.0 1016 254 192.8 20 40.00 10.00 570.0 600.0 1016 254 258.6 For AGS fitting information, see 14-60 publication 2o.O5 350-1500 AGS --..--.-............ 11 For 14/350 mm and larger roll grocved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). Fcr pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your neureal Victaulic sales representative. 07.01 1449 Rev U Updated 04/2014 0 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. vctauliccom 14 '/(tauIic victaulic.com I Fittings I Grooved End I Publication 07.01 Tee Wye No. 32 E. No. 32 Size No. 32 Tee Wye (sw) - Nominal Size, Weight G H E E Each inches inches inches inches inches lbs. mm mm mm mm mm kg 2 2 2 2.75 7.00 9.00 4.63 6.4 50 50 50 70 178 229 1 118 2.9 21/2 21/2 21/2 3.00 7.75 10.50 5.75 11.5 65 65 65 76 197 267 146 5.2 3 3 3 3.25 8.50 1 11.50 6.50 14.3 80 80 80 83 216 1 292 165 6.5 31/2 31/2 31/2 3.25 10.00 13.00 7.75 22.9 90 90 90 89 254 330 197 10.4 4 4 4 3.75 10.50 i 13.63 8.13 26.0 100 100 100 95 267 346 207 11.8 5 5 5 4.00 12.50 16.13 10.00 48.0 125 125 125 102 318 410 254 21.8 6 6 6 4.50 14.00 18.25 11.50 60.5 125 125 125 114 356 464 292 27.4 8 8 8 6.00 18.00 23.25 15.25 127.1 200 200 200 152 457 591 387 57.7 10 10 10 6.50 20.50 27.25 18.00 190.0 250 250 250 165 521 692 457 86.2 12 12 12 7.00 23.00 31.00 20.50 240.0 300 300 300 178 584 787 521 108.9 General Notes Note: All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (Sw) or (s). (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded Adapter Nipple No. 40 12 Grv. x Thd. No. 42 Grv. x Bev. No. 43 Grv. x Grv. - EtoE-.1 - EtoE-1 - EtoE-.1 iJ F-I El No. 40 No.42 No.43 No. 40, 42, 43 Size Adapter Nipple (s) Actual Outside I Approx. Weight Nominal Size Diameter E to E Each inches inches inches inches mm mm mm mm 3/4 1.050 3.00 0.3 20 26.9 76 0.1 1 1.315 3.00 0.4 25 33.7 76 0.2 11/4 1.660 4.00 0.8 32 42.4 102 0.4 11/2 1.900 4.00 0.9 40 48.3 102 0.4 2 2.375 4.00 1.2 50 60.3 102 0.5 21/2 2.875 4.00 1.9 65 73.0 102 0.9 3 3.500 4.00 2.5 80 88.9 102 1.1 31/2 4.000 4.00 2.1 90 101.6 102 0.9 4 4.500 6.00 5.5 100 114.3 152 2.5 5 5.563 6.00 7.4 125 141.3 152 3.4 6 6.625 6.00 9.5 150 168.3 152 4.3 8 8.625 6.00 14.2 200 219.1 152 6.4 10 10.750 8.00 27.0 250 273.0 1 203 12.2 12 12.750 8.00 33.0 300 323.9 203 15.0 12 Available with British Standard Pipe Threads, specify "BSP" clearly on order. General Notes For pump package nipples with 1 ½ "/40 mm hole cut to receive Style 923 Vic-Let or Style 924 Vic-O-Well5 request special No. 40, 42 or 43 nipples and specify No. 40-H, 42-H or 43-Hon order. NOTE: 4-12/100-300 mm diameter - 8/200 mm minimum length required. For 14/350 mm and larger roll grooved systems. Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. Note: All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (aw) or (a). IsI = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove IOGSI (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I U No. 60 No. 60 No. 60 Size Cap Actual Outside IApprox. Weight Nominal Size Diameter I Thickness Each inches inches inches lbs. MM mm mm kg 3/4 1.050 0.88 0.2 20 26.9 22 0.1 1 1.315 0.88 0.3 25 33.7 22 0.1 11/4 1.660 0.88 0.3 32 42.4 22 0.1 11/2 1.900 0.88 0.5 40 48.3 22 0.2 2 2.375 0.88 0.6 50 60.3 22 0.3 21/2 2.875 0.88 1.0 65 73.0 22 0.5 76.1 mm 3.000 0.88 1.2 761 22 0.5 3 3.500 0.88 1.2 80 88.9 22 0.5 31/2 4.000 0.88 2.5 90 101.6 22 1.1 108.0 mm 4.250 1.00 2.3 108.0 25 1.0 4 4.500 1.00 2.5 100 114.3 25 1.1 133.0 mm 5.250 1.00 4.5 133.0 25 2.0 139.7 mm 5.500 1.00 4.5 139.7 25 2.0 5 5.563 1.00 4.6 125 141.3 25 2.1 13 For 14/350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic otters the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. No. 60 Size Cap Actual Outside I Approx. Weight Nominal Size Diameter T Thickness Each inches inches inches lbs. MM mm mm kg 6.250 1.00 6.8 159.0 MM 159.0 25 3.1 6.500 1.00 7.3 165.1 mm 165.1 25 3.3 6 6.625 1.00 6.1 150 168.3 25 2.8 8 8.625 1.19 13.1 200 219.1 30 5.9 10 10.750 1.25 21.0 250 273.0 32 9.5 12 12.750 1.25 35.6 300 323.9 32 16.2 1413 14.000 9.50(s) + 350 355.6 241 1613 16.000 10.00(s) 400 406.4 254 + 1813 18.000 11.00(s) 450 457.0 279 + 2013 20.000 12.00(s) 500 508.0 305 + 2413 24.000 13.50(s) 600 610.0 343 + For AGS fitting information, see publication 20.05 14-60 350-1500 AGS 13 For 14/350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For picing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. General Notes No. 60 cap is not suitable for use in vacuum service with Style 72 or 750 couplings. No. 61 bull plugs should be usad. Note: All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (s). (s) = Carbon Steel Dish Caps Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded + Contact Victaulic for details. 07.01 1449 Rev U Updated 04/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 16 \jltaUIice I I victaulic.corn I Fittings I Grooved End I Publication 07.01 Flanged Adapter Nipple No. 41 ANSI Class 125 (Cast Iron) No. 45F ANSI Class 150 Flat Face No. 45R ANSI Class 150 Raised Face No. 46F ANSI Class 300 Flat Face No. 46R ANSI Class 300 Raised Face i.- EtoE [toE [toE EtoE - [toE - No. 41 No. 45F No. 45R No. 46F No. 46R No. 41 No. 45F and No. 45R No. 46F and No. 46R ANSI 125 ANSI 150 ANSI 300 Size Flange Adapter Nipple Flanged Adapter Nipple (s) Flanged Adapter Nipple (s) Actual Outside Approx. Weight Approx. Weight Approx. Weight Nominal Size Diameter E to E Each E to E Each E to E Each inches inches inches lbs. inches lbs inches lbs. M mm mm - kg mm kg mm kg ~ 1.050 3.00 3.00 2.3 3.00 3.3 20 26.9 76 - 76 1.0 76 1.5 1 1.315 3.00 2.5 3.00 2.7 3.00 3.9 25 33.7 76 1.1 76 1.2 76 1.8 11/4 1 1.660 4.00 3.0 4.00 3.3 4.00 4.8 32 42.4 102 1.4 102 1.5 102 2.2 l'/ 1.900 4.00 3.5 4.00 3.9 1 4.00 6.9 40 .48.3 .102 1.6 102 1.8 ....................102 ..3.1 2 2.375 4.00 5.5 4.00 6.0 4.00 i 8.2 50 60.3 102 2.5 102 2.7 102 3.7 21/2 2.875 4.00 8.0 4.00 9.9 4.00 11.9 65 73.0 102 3.6 102 4.5 I 102 5.4 3 3.500 4.00 9.5 4.00 11.7 4.00 16.5 80 88.9 102 4.3 102 5.3 102 7.5 31/2 4.000 1 4.00 12.0 4.00 15.1 4.00 20.1 90 101.6 102 5.4 102 6.8 102 9.1 4 4.500 6.00 16.7 6.00 18.5 6.00 27.4 100 114.3 152 5.563 6.00 21.5 6.00 21.3 6.00 35.3 7.6 152 8.4 152 12.4 5 125 141.3 152 9.8 152 9.7 152 16.0 6 6.625 6.00 26.5 6.00 27.5 6.00 47.5 150 168.3 152 12.0 : 152 12.5 152 21.5 8 8.625 6.00 39.0 6.00 41.3 6.00 70.3 200 219.1 152 17.7 152 18.8, 152 31.9 10 10.750 8.00 57.0 8.00 59.3 8.00 100.8 250 273.0 203 25.9 203 27.1 203 45.7 12 1 12.750 8.00 41.0 8.00 40.0 8.00 146.2 300 323.9 203 18.6 203 40.0 203 66.3 1414 14.000 8.00 8.00 8.00 350 355.6 203 - 203 + 203 + 164 16.000 8.00 8.00 8.00 400 406.4 j 203 - 203 + 203 - + 1814 18.000 8.00 8.00 8.00 450 457.0 203 - 203 + 203 + I 14 For 14'/350 minand larger roll grooved systems, Viclaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. I I 1 I I I rl -J I I I I I I I No. 41 No. 45F No. 45R No. 46F No. 46R No. 41 No. 45F and No. 45R No. 46F and No. 46R ANSI 125 ANSI 150 ANSI 300 Size Flange Adapter Nipple Flanged Adapter Nipple (s) j Flanged Adapter Nipple (s) Actual Outside Approx. Weight Approx. Weight Approx. Weight Nominal Size Diameter E to E Each E to E Each E to E Each inches inches inches lbs. inches lbs. . inches lbs. mm mm mm kg mm kg mm kg 20 14 20.000 8.00 500 508.0 203 - 8.00 203 + 8.00 203 + 24 24.000 8.00 600 610.0 203 - For AGS fitting information, 8.00 203 j + see publication 20.05 8.00 203 + 14-60 350-1500 AGS 14 For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and avai ability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. General Notes Note: All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (SW) or (s). (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded + Contact Victaulic for details. 07.01 1449 Rev U Updated 04/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 18 ________ I ri victaulic.com I Fittings I Grooved End I Publication 07.01 Swaged Nipple No. 53 Grv. x Grv. _EtoE1 h-EtOE -1 -EtoE- No. 54 Grv. x Thd. No. 55 Thd. x Grv. No. 53 No. 54 No. 55 Eta E - .- E to E - .- [to E - No. 53 54 and 55 Swaged Size Nipples (s) Approx. Weight Nominal Sizes E to E Each No. 53 No. 54 No. 55 inches inches lbs. No 53 54 and 55 Swaged mm mm kg Size Nipples (s) 5 2 11.00 11.5 .......................................................................................................Ap i&g 125 50 52 Nominal Sizes E to E Each 3 11.00 11.3 inches Inches lbs. 80 279 5.1 MM . mm kg 4 11.00 11.5 2 1 650 20 100 279 52 50 25 165 0.9 6 1 12.00 17.0 1V 650 20 150 25 305 77 32 165 09 1¼ 12.00 17.0 11/2 6.50 2.0 32 305 7.7 40 165 0.9 11/2 . 12.00 17.2 21/2 1 7.00 49 65 25 178 1.4 2 12.00 17.4 50.............................................................................................9 32 178 1.4 2½ 12.00 17.4 v2-.- - ........7.9 ................................ 305 40 178 1.4 3 112.00 17.4 2 - 7.00 3.0 80 305 7.9 50 178 1.4 3½ 12.00 17.4 3 8.00 90 395 ..... 7.9 80 25 203 2.0 4 12.00 17.5 __.........-..-- .---- 100 .................. ..30.5 ......................7.9 32 203 2.0 41/2 12.00 17.5 1½ 45 * _....J? ....................... ZL 40 203 2.0 5 12.00 17.5 2 .....................................125 7.9 50 203 2.0 .8.o.I................................................... 8 6 + .30.......................................... 20.0 2½ 8.00 ; 45 200 ...50 ...........................9.1 65 203 2.0 General Notes 3½ x 3 8.00 6.8 Note: All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (SW) or (s). 90 80 203 3.1 4 (5) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) 100 X 25 229 3.4 (SW) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded 11/4 900 75 + Contact Victaulic for details. 32 229 3.4 11/2 9.00 7.5 40 229 3.4 2 . 9.00 7.5 50 229 34 21/2 9.00 7.5 65 ..................................................., 229 3.4 900 7.5 80 229 i 3.4 3½ 9.00 7.5 90 I 229 3.4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ..U. s7, E to E No. 80 Size No. 80 Female Threaded Adapter Actual Outside Approx. Weight Nominal Size Diameter E to E Each inches inches inches lbs. mm mm mm kg 3/4 1.050 2.00 1.0 20 26.9 51 0.5 1 1.315 2.06 1.0 25 33.7 52 0.5 11/4 1.660 2.31 (sw) 1.5 32 42.4 59 0.7 1'/2 1.900 1 2.31 (sw) 1.5 40 48.3 59 0.7 2 2.375 2.50 1.4 50 60.3 64 0.6 21/2 2.875 i 2.75 1.5 65 73.0 70 0.7 - 3 3.500 2.75 2.9 80 88.9 70 1.3 4 4.500 3.25 4.5 100 114.3 83 2.0 General Notes Available with British Standard Pipe Threads, specify "BSP" clearly on order. Note: All fittings are ductile iron unless ctherwise noted with an (sw) or (s). (5) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (5w) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Weldec Size No. 48 Hose Nipple (s) Actual Outside Approx. Weight Nominal Size Diameter E to E Each inches inches inches lbs. mm mm mm kg 3/4 1.050 3.12 0.3 20 26.9 79 0.1 1 1.315 3.38 : 0.4 25 33.7 86 0.2 11/4 1.660 3.88 0.6 32 42.4 98 0.3 1'/2 1.900 3.88 0.8 40 48.3 98 0.4 2 2.375 4.50 1.1 50 60.3 114 0.5 21/2 2.875 . 5.38 2.0 65 73.0 137 0.9 3 3.500 5.75 3.2 80 88.9 146 1.5 4 4.500 7.00 4.9 100 114.3 178 2.2 5 5.563 8.75 8.0 125 141.3 222 3.6 6 6.625 10.13 14.3 150 168.3 257 6.5 8 8.625 11.88 24.7 200 219.1 302 11.2 10 10.750 12.50 40.1 250 273.0 318 18.2 12 12.750 14.50 62.0 300 323.9 368 28.1 General Notes Note: All fittings are ductile iron unless o:herwise noted with an (sw) or (s) (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OCS) (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded 07.01 1449 Rev U Updated 04/2014 © 2014 ½ctau1ic Company. All rights reserved. victauHccom 20 X aU0 ICe Eli I I victaulk.com I Fittings I Grooved End I Publication 07.01 Concentric/Eccentric Reducer No. 50 Concentric I No. 51 Eccentric toE EtoE I t4-- EtoE -* 1.-EtoE--1 I I Fabricated Fabricated No. 50 No. 51 Steel Steel No. 50 No. 51 No. 50 concentric I Size Reducer INo. 51 Eccentric Reducer Approx. i Approx. Nominal Size E to E Weight Each E to E Weight Each inches inches lbs. inches lbs. I mm mm kg mm kg 1¼ 3/4 1.9 32 20 + 0.9 - 1 1.9 25 + 0.9 - - 11/2 3/4 1.4 -40---20 -- ~ 0.6 - - 1 2.50 0.8 8.50 (sw) 4.5 I 25 64 0.4 216 2.0 11/4 2.50 1.0 32 64 0.5 - - 2 3/4 2.50 0.9 9.00 (sw) 2.0 50 20 64 0.3 229 0.9 I l 2.50 0.7 9.00 (sw) 2.3 25 64 0.3 229 1.0 11/4 2.50 1.2 9.00 (sw) 4.6 32 64 0.5 229 2.1 11/2 3.50 i 1.0 3.50 1.1 I 40 89 0.5 89 0.5 2½ ~ 1.3 3.3 65 20 + 0.6 + 1.5 I i 2.50 1.1 9.50 3.5 25 64 0.5 241 1.6 1¼ 3.50 3.3 3.50 1.4 32 89 1.5 89 0.6 11/2 2.50 3.6 9.50 (sw) 3.7 1 40 64 1.6 241 1.7 2 2.50 3.9 3.50 4.3 50 64 1.8 89 2.0 3 3/4 1.5 4.5 80 20 + 0.7 + 2.0 I l 2.50 1.3 9.50 (sw) 4.8 25 241 0.6 241 2.2 1¼ 2.50 1.4 + 4.8 I 32 j 64 i. 0.6 2.2 11/2 2.50 5.1 9.50(5w) 5.1 40 64 2.3 241 2.3 2 2.50 1.6 3.50 6.0 I 50 64 0.7 89 2.7 2½ 2.50 1.8 3.50 7.0 65 64 0.8 89 3.2 76.1 2.50 2.1 76.1 64 i. 1.0 - I 31/2 3 2.50 2.0 9.50 (sw) 7.0 90 X 80 ....................64 0.9 241 3.2 15 For 14I350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this sizc contact your noarost Victaulic salcs rcprcscnfativc. toE [toE - EtoE-1 f.-EtoE-.1 Fabricated Fabricated No. 50 No. 51 Steel Steel No. 50 No. 51 No. 50 concentric Size Reducer No. 51 Eccentric Reducer. Approx. Nominal Size E to E Weight Each E to E Weight Each inches inches lbs. inches lbs. MM mm kg mm kg 4 1 3.00 3.0 13.00 (sw) 6.5 100 25 76 1.4 330 2.9 1¼ 4.6 32 + 2.1 - - 11/2 3.00 (sw) 2.6 10.00 (sw) 8.1 40 76 1.2 254 3.7 2 3.00 2.4 4.00 3.3 50 76 1.1 102 1.5 21/2 3.00 2.7 4.00 3.4 65 76 1.2 102 1.5 3 3.00 3.2 4.00 3.5 80 76 1.4 102 1.6 31/2 3.00 2.9 10.00 (sw) 8.0 90 76 1.3 254 3.6 2 11.00 (sw) 9.0 11.00 (sw) 5.2 125 50 1 279 4.1 279 2.4 21/2 4.00 4.3 11.00 (sw) 10.8 65 102 2.0 279 4.9 3 4.00 55.0 11.00 (sw) 11.1 80 102 2.5 279 5.0 4 3.50 4.3 5.00 12.0 100 89 1.9 127 5.4 6 1 4.00 5.0 11.50 (sw) 14.5 150 25 102 2.3 292 6.6 1 1/2 5.5 40 + 2.5 + + 2 4.00 1 6.6 11.50 (sw) 14.5 50 102 3.0 292 6.6 3 4.00 6.4 11.50 (sw) 14.2 65 102 2.9 292 6.4 3 4.00 6.4 5.50 15.0 80 102 2.9 140 6.8 4 4.00 6.5 5.50 17.0 100 102 2.9 140 7.7 5 4.00 6.4 5.50 17.0 125 . 102 2.9 140 7.7 8 21/2 16.00 7.9 12.00 (sw) 26.1 200 ......3.6 305 11.8 3 5.00 9.3 12.00 (sw) 22.0 80 127 4.2 305 10.0 4 5.00 10.4 T12.00 (sw) 23.0 100j 127 I 4.8 305 10.4 5 . 5.00 11.6 12. 60 23.0 125 127 5.2 305 10.4 6 5.00 11.9 6.00 24.0 150 127 5.4 152 10.9 15 For 14/350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. No. 50 Concentric . . ..... . .......... . .......... ---- ...... . .. . ...................... . Size Reducer No. 51 Eccentric Reducer Approx. Approx. Nominal Size E to E Weight Eachi. [to E Weight Each inches inches lbs. inches lbs. mm mm kg mm kg 10 4 6.00 19.7 13.00 (sw) 32.0 250 100 152 8.9 330 14.5 5 3.3 34.6 125 + 15.6 + 15.7 6 6.00 1 20.0 i 13.00 (sw) 36.9 150 152 9.1 330 16.7 8 6.00 22.0 7.00 21.6 200 152 1 10.0 178 9.8 12 4 440 14.00 (sw) 48.0 300 100 + 20.0 356 21.8 6 7.00 24.6 14.00 (sw) 50.0 150 178 1 11.2 356 22.7 8 7.00 52.0 14.00 (sw) 53.5 200 178 23.6 356 24.3 10 7.00 39.0 14.00 (sw) 57.0 250 178 17.7 356 25.9 14 6 13.00 65.0 1 13.00 60.0 350 150 330 29.5 330 27.2 8 13.00 65.0 13.00 60.0 200 330 1 29.5 330 27.2 10 13.00 66.0 13.00 65.0 250 330 29.9 330 29.5 12 13.00 1 68.0 13.00 66.0 300 330 30.8 330 29.9 16 8 14.00 73.0 14.00 73.0 Ann X flflfl 2CC 22 1 2CC 22 1 4-EtDE- -Y E E--. Fabricated Fabricated No. 50 No. 51 Steel Steel No. 50 No. 51 No. 50 Concentric Size Reducer No. 51 Eccentric Reduced Approx. Approx. Nominal Size E to E Weight Each [to E Weight Eachi inches inches lbs. inches lbs. mm mm I kg mm kg 20 10 20.00 110.0 20.00 177.0 500 250 508 49.9 508 80.3 12 20.00 120.0 20.00 120.0 300 1 508 J 54.4 508 54.4 14 20.00 149.0 20.00 149.0 350 508 67.9 508 67.9 16 20.00 120.0 20.00 120.0 400 1508 54.4 508 54.4 18 20.00 136.0 20.00 136.0 450 508 61.7 508 61.7 24 10 20.00 142.0 20.00 142.0 600 250 508 64.4 508 64.4 12 20.00 150.0 20.00 150.0 300 508 68.0 508 68.0 14 l 20.00 162.0 20.00 162.0 350 508 73.5 508 73.5 16 20.00 162.0 20.00 162.0 400 508 73.5 508 73.5 18 i 20.00 162.0 20.00 162.0 450 i 50 20 20.00 151.0 1 20.00 190.0 500 508 68.5 508 86.2 For AGS fittirg information, see publication 20.05 14-16 350-1500 AGS f-EtoE- .-EtoE-1 Fabricated Fabricated No. 50 No. 51 Steel Steel No. 50 No. 51 10 15 For 14/350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the 1 Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove 14.00 73.0 14.00 73.0 250 ....56 fittings in this vine, contact your nearest Vicfaullc sales representative. 12 14.00 73.0 14.00 73.0 General Notes 300 356 33.1 355 33.1 14 with male threaded small end No. 52. 350 356 : 33.1 ............14.0...............Available 355 33.1 cast fitting available for AS size. Contact Victaulic for details. 18 10 15.00 91.0 15.00 91.0 Steel eccentric reducers available through 30/750 mm, contact Victaulic for 450 250 381 i 41.3 381 41.3 dimensions. 12 15.00 91.0 15.00 91.0 Note: All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an )sw) or (s). 300 41.3 381 is = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove 'OGS) 14 15.00 91.0 15.00 91.0 350 .38 381 41.3 381 41.3 (sw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welced 16 15.00 5.00 ................ i.6 + Contact Victaulic for details. 40.0 381 41.3 .381 41.3 15 For 14/350 mm and larger roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this si7e, contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 07.01 1449 Rev U Updated 04/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 22 \/'taUIIc victaulic.com I Fittings I Grooved End I Publication 07.01 Small Threaded Reducer No. 52 E F 5 U No. 52 No 52F No. 52F concentric No. 52 Small Threader Reducer with BSPT Size Reducer Female Threaded End Approx. Approx. Weight Weight Nominal Size E to E Each E to E Each inches inches I lbs. MM mm kg mm kg 1½ 1 2.50 0.8 40 25 64 0.4 - - 11/4 2.50 0.9 32 64 0.4 - - 2 3/4 2.50 0.9 50 20 64 0.4 - 1 2.50 0.7 25 64 0.3 - 1 1/4 2.50 1.2 32 64 0.5 - - 1Y2 2.50 1.0 40 64 0.5 - - 2½ 1 2.50 1.1 65 25 64 0.5 - - 1¼ 2.50(sw) 1.2 - 32 64 0.5 11/2 2.50 (sw) 1.3 - - 40 64 0.6 2 2.50 1.4 50 64 0.6 - - 76.1 x 48.3 64 0.8 64 0.8 60 64 0.9 3/4 80 X 20 +(sw) 1.5 0.7 - - 1 2.50 1.3 25 64 0.6 - - 1¼ 2.50 1.5 - - 32 64 0.7 ....................................................................... 11/2 2.50 (s w) 1 1.5 - - 40 64 0.7 2 2.50 1.5 50 64 1.7 - - 21/2 2.50 2.4 [ 65 64 1.1 - - 88.9 x 42.4 64 0.9 64 0.8 48.3 64 0.9 64 0.9 0.9 ..........J.......i.. ....L_64 .................... E E r-toE (-toE Ml No. 52 No 52F No. 52F Concentric No. 52 Small Threader Reducer with BSPT Size Reducer Female Threaded End Approx. Approx. Weight Weight Nominal Size i E to E Each E to E Each inches inches lbs. mm mm I kg mm kg 4 1 1 3.00 2.3 100 25 76 1.0 - - 11/2 3.00 2.7 40 76 1.2 - - 2 3.00 2.6 50 76 1.2 - - 11/2 3.00 1 2.6 65 76 1.2 - - 3 1 3.00 2.5 80 76 1.1 108 x 42.4 1 76 1.3 76 1.3 48.3 1 76 1.3 76 1.4 60 - - 76 1.4 114.3 x 42.4 76 1.3 76 1.3 48.3 76 1.3 76 1.3 60 76 1.3 76 1.4 5 4 4.5 125 100 + 2.0 - - 133 60 - - 114 2.2 139 60 - - 114 23 6 1 4.00 5.5 150 25 102 25 - - 2 1 4.00 . 5.7 50 102 2.6 - - 21/2 4.00 5.8 65 102 2.6 - - 3 4.00 5.8 80 102 26 - - 4 +(sw) 6.5 100 2.9 - - 5 +(sw) 2.0 - 125 0.9 1 - . 159 x 424 114 22 144 25 483 114 22 114 25 60 - - 114 26 I I I I I LI I I I I I I LI P1 I I FI I H U No. 52 No 52F Size I No. 52 Small Threader Reducer No. 52F Concentric Reducer with BSPT Female Threaded End Approx. Approx. Weight Weight Nominal Size E to E Each E to E Each inches inches lbs. MIT) mm kg mm kg 165.1 x 42.4 102 2.4 102 2.9 48.3 60 102 - 2.6 - 102 102 3.0 3.0 8 2 16.00 1.5 200 50 406 0.7 - - 2½ 16.00 1.7 65 406 0.8 -.... General Notes Available with British Standard Pipe Threads, specify "BSP" clearly on order. Note: All fillings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an (sw) or (S). (s) = Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) (aw) = Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded + Contact Victaulic for details. Installation Reference should always be made to the I-100 Viclul: id loot labor: lb dboeb for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. Warranty Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Note his product shalt be rriariutactuied by Viotajlro or to Victaulie specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Trademarks Victautic°, Vie-Flange, Vic-Let and Vic.OWel are registered tademarks of Victaulic Company. 07.01 1449 Rev U Updated 04/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic,com 24 jtaui.c I I INNOVATIVE I - FIRE PROTECTION, INC. I I I I 5) Valves I I I I I I [1 I I 8779 Cottonwood Ave., Ste. 101 Santee, CA 92071 - I .. 619.593.8200 FA: 619.593.9133 - ifpinc.net CA License C.16.711148 - I 1 Model 450DA Double Check Detector Assembly Application Designed for installation on water lines in fire protection systems to protect against both backsiphonage and backpressure of pol- luted water into the potable water supply. Assembly shall provide protection where a potential health hazard does not exist. Standards Compliance (Unless otherwise noted, applies to sizes 4" thru 10') ASSE® Listed 1048 CSA® Certified (4" & 6') AWWA Compliant C 510, and C550 UL® Classified C-UL® Classified FM® Approved NYC MEA 26-00-M VOL 3 Approved by the Foundation for Cross Connection Control and Hydraulic Research at the University of Southern California Meets the requirements of NSF/ANSI 61* *(025% MAX. WEIGHTED AVERAGE LEAD CONTENT) Materials Main valve body Ductile Iron ASTM A 536 Grade 4 Access covers Ductile Iron ASTM A 536 Grade 4 Coatings FDA Approved fusion epoxy finish Fasteners Stainless Steel, 300 Series Elastomers EPDM (FDA approved) Buna Nitrile (FDA approved) Polymers NORYLTM Springs Stainless Steel, 300 series Features Sizes: 4", 6" , 8", 10" Maximum working water pressure 175 PSI Maximum working water temperature 140°F Hydrostatic test pressure 350 PSI End connections (Grooved for steel) AWWA C606 (Flanged) ANSI B16.1 Class 125 Dimensions & Weights (do not include pkg.) WEIGHT MODEL LESS OS&Y OS&Y WITH WITH SIZE SHUTOFF GATE GATE BFLY BFLY VALVES (GXF) (GXG) (GXF) (GXG) in. I mm lbs. I kg lbs. I kg lbs. kg lbs. I kg lbs. I kg 4 100 105 48 295 134 271 123 175 79 153 69 6 150 174 79 474 215 452 205 278 126 248 112 8 200 402 182 878 398 824 374 592 269 546 248 10 250 420 191 1076 488 1018 462 694 315 636 288 LEAD FREE NSF/ANS161 Options (Suffixes can be combined) - with OS & Y gate valves (standard) L - less shut-off valves (grooved body connections) LI LM - less water meter [I] - with gpm meter (standard) - with cu ft/min meter LI G - with groove end gate valves FG - with flanged inlet gate connection and grooved outlet gate connection [] FSC - with epoxy coated Wye type strainer (flanged only) LI BG - with grooved end butterfly valves with integral supervisory switches I BF - with flanged end butterfly valves with integral supervisory switches LI P1 - with Post Indicator Gate Valve LII —509 - with AWWA C509 gate valves Accessories LI Repair kit (rubber only) Thermal expansion tank (Model XT) Valve setter (Model FLS or MJS or MJFS) Gate valve tamper switch (OSY-40) Flange by groove adapter (FLA) El QT-SET Quick Test Fitting Set I- C F~ I I Li I I I I I I I I I I DIMENSIONS (approximate) _______________ ______________ MODEL Q B B B C C C SIZE A WITH GATE WITH BFLY LESS GATE OS&Y OS&Y WITH BFLY 0 VALVES VALVES VALVES OPEN CLOSED VALVES in. I mm in. mm in. mm in. I mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. I mm in. mm 4 100 185/16 465 30 762 273/4 705 21 533 223/4 578 181/4 460 9 229 8 203 6 150 1811/16 475 351/2 902 321/8 816 25 635 301/8 765 233/4 603 101/4 260 10 254 8 200 1 29 737 46 1168 1 429/16 1081 1 347/16 1 845 1 373/4 959 1 291/4 743 12 305 13 330 10 250 1 29 737 471/2 1207 471/2 1207 1 347/16 1 845 1 453/4 1162 1 353/8 899 13 330 13 330 ri Zurn Industries, LLC I Wilkins 1747 Commerce Way, Paso Robles, CA U.S.A. 93446 Ph. 855-663-9876, Fax 805-238-5766 In Canada I Zurn Industries Limited 7900 Goreway Drive, Unit 10, Brampton, Ontario LGT 5W6, 877-892-5216 www.zurncon1 Rev. F Date: 3/20 Document No. BF-450DA Product No. Model 4500A I Page 1 of 2 U) a- 10 (200mm) 0. 0 1000 2000 3000 FLOW RATES (GPM) FU) 69 o —J U) 34 U) w 00. 4000 DIRECTION OF FLOW Al OUTDOOR INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS approximate) Al SETTER Al SETTER MODEL SIZE END TO END TO END END FLS MJS in. mm in. I mm in. I mm I 100 31 5/16 I 795 29.313 I 745 6 i 150 343/4 I 884 32.75 I 832 8 200 47 11194 44.625 11133 10 I 250 51 11295 47 11194 Flow Characteristics ORated Flow (established by approval agencies) 0.0 0 15 U) 0. MODEL 450DA 4" & 6" (STANDARD & METRIC) FLOW RATES (us) 25.2 50.5 75.7 100.9 103 - S U) 69 LU 34 (I) w 0 0. 1600 U, U) 10 IF -4 now - — —.— - o 400 800 1200 FLOW RATES (GPM) MODEL 450DA 8" & 10" (STANDARD & METRIC) FLOW RATES (us) 0.0 63.1 126.2 189.3 15 252.4 103 Typical Installation Local codes shall govern installation requirements. To be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's in- structions and the latest edition of the Uniform Plumb- ing Code. Unless otherwise specified, the assembly shall be mounted above adequate drains with sufficient side clearance for testing and maintenance. The instal- lation shall be made so that no part of the unit can be submerged. PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE WILKINS LV SETTER MJFS Capacity thru Schedule 40 Pipe (GPM) Pipe size 5 ft/sec 7.5 ft/sec 10 ft/sec 15 ft/sec 2 1/2" 75 112 149 224 3' 115 173 230 346 4" 198 298 397 595 6" 450 675 900 1351 8' 780 1169 1559 2339 10" 1229 1843 2458 3687 Specifications The Double Check Detector Backf low Preventer shall be certified to NSF/ANSI 61, ASSE® Listed 1048 and sup- plied with full port OS & Y gate valves. The main body and access cover shall be epoxy coated ductile iron (ASTM A 536 Grade 4), the seat ring and check valve shall be NORYL TM, the stem shall be stainless steel (ASTM A 276) and the seat disc elastomers shall be EPDM. The checks shall be accessible for maintenance without remov- ing the device from the line. The Double Check Detector Backflow Preventer shall be a ZURN WILKINS Model 450DA. Zurn Industries, LLC I Wilkins 1747 Commerce Way, Paso Robles, CA U.S.A. 93446 Ph. 855-663-9876, Fax 805-238-5766 In Canada I Zurn Industries Limited 7900 Goreway Drive, Unit 10, Brampton, Ontario L6T 5W6, 877-892-5216 wwwzurn.coni Page 2 of 2 I I " 4077 Airpark Dr. Standish, MI 48658 989-846-4583 www.globesprinkler.com FIRE SPRINKLER CORPORATION Technical Support. 989-414-2600 techservicegIobesprinkIer.com MODEL UMC UNIVERSAL MANIFOLD I CHECK ASSEMBLY (With or Without Control Valve) 1 1%ft, 1i/2", 2", 2", 76.1n GENERAL DESCRIPTION The Globe Series "UMC" Universal Manifold Check is a first of its kind, UL Listed and FM Approved, complete floor con- trol station or shotgun riser assembly. It is pressure rated for 300 psi (20,6 bar). It provides the most compact "footprint" while delivering all of the necessary components for your floor control station as required by the NFPA Standards. With its multiple available configurations, it allows the con- tractor to order the suitable configuration for the site spe- cific needs. The "UMC" Universal Manifold Check is more than just a traditional stand-alone manifold. It serves as a complete floor control station as well as a complete shot- gun riser assembly inclusive of Control Valve with Internal Supervisory Switch; Check Valve; Flow Switch; Test and Drain Assembly; Adjustable Pressure Relief Valve Assembly pre-piped to drain; supply gauge (4", 6" and 8") and system gauge (1 1/4" through 8"). The "UMC" Universal Manifold Check replaces the need to order individual "Riser Mani- folds" plus control valves, check valves, and relief valve kits as all of these components are integrated into the one compact design, saving space as well as the labor to con- nect these separate components. For sizes 3" and smaller, an 18" long stainless steel braided flexible hose is included with the UMC for connecting the Test and Drain valve to a drain stack. The design takes into account both "left-hand" and "right-hand" orientations. (8" version available preas- sembled in right-hand orientation only) FLOOR CONTROL ASSEMBLY The UMC may be utilized to meet the NFPA 13 require- ments for Floor Control Valve Assemblies where there are multistory buildings exceeding two stories in height requir- ing zoning by floor or whenever separate control and floor zoning is specified. The UMC has been engineered with space savings in mind for those commonly installed appli- cations in stairwell landings and small alcoves. All UMC assemblies include the NFPA 13 required Listed Pressure Relief Valve which is pre-piped to drain. The relief valve is preset for 175 psi and is adjustable to 310 psi for high pres- sure system conditions. In addition to the relief valve, the UMC is equipped with a Test and Drain Valve. The Test and Drain Valve contains a test orifice of K2.8 so that it may be utilized for flow testing any system with sprinklers having K- Factors of 2.8 or larger. Note: NFPA 13 requires that a test connection providing a flow rate equal to or less than one sprinkler of a type having the smallest orifice on the system is to be provided. FAE I . ,L_11VT C.:. MODEL UMC UNIVERSAL MANIFOLD CHECK ASSEMBLY SHOTGUN RISER ASSEMBLY Shotgun Riser Assemblies" are those assemblies which are typically installed in vertical orientations on individual sys- tem Risers. The Globe Shotgun" Riser Manifold Assembly is available in 4 inch (DN 100), 6 inch (DN 150), and 8 inch (DN 200) sizes and is equipped with a control valve; check valve; flow switch; test and drain valve with NFPA required pressure relief valve; 2 gauges (system and supply). Sizes 4 inch (DN 100), 6 inch (DN 150), and 8 inch (DN 200) are equipped with a pressure gauge on both system side and supply side of the check valve clapper. TECHNICAL DATA Approvals cULus FM Maximum System Working Pressure 300 psi (20.6 Bar) End Connections See Table A Materials of Construction See Figure 1 *Multiple Patents Pending I I El El I El I I I I I I im, 3", 4", " 165.1mm, 8" I A pressure gauge is provided above the check valve clapper for sizes I %" through 3" to meet the gauge requirement per NFPA 13 for Floor Control Assemblies. Typically the supply side gauge is not required for multistory buildings with floor control stations as a system gauge would be on the main I feed/riser but all Model UMC Manifold Check Valves are equipped with a 1/4" (DN 8) port below the clapper to ac- commodate a second gauge if desired. NOV 2018 GFV-120 I Page 1 of 11 A 12 1 12 11 8 21 I4I5 10 3 18 16 17 7 20 5 SECTION A-A NOTE 4 (DN100) shown as reference See ordering procedure for replacement part kits and Table A through G for part numbers for all sizes and configurations Flow switch rotated 90 degrees on 1-114 through 2 1/2 sizes FIGURE 1: MODEL UMC MANIFOLD CHECK ASSEMBLY MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION ITEM DESCRIPTION MATERIAL A 5 1 UMC VALVE BODY DUCTILE IRON 2 RECESSED HEX PLUG STAINLESS STEEL 3 FLOWSWTCH SEE FLOW SWITCH TECHNICAL LITERATURE 4 RIGID COUPLING SEE COUPLING TECHNICAL LITERATURE BUTTERFLY CONTROL VA WTH L1TCH SEE GLOBE BUTTERFLY CONTROL VALVE TECHNICAL LITERATURE 6 PRESSURE GAUGE PLASTIC 7 THREEWAY VALVE BRONZE 8 UMC COVER PLATE DUCTILE IRON 9 BOLT STAINLESS STEEL 10 FLOW SIMTCHADAPTER DUCTILE IRON 11 MODEL UTD TEST AND DRAIN SEE GLOBE TECHNICAL DATASHEET GFV570 12 MODEL ARV ADJUSTABLE RELIEF VALVE SEE GLOBE TECHNICAL DATASHEET 0FV575 13 FLO'NSWTCH PLUG DUCTILE IRON 14 UMC VALVE CLAPPER STAINLESS STEEL 15 UMC VALVE CLAPPER RETAINING BOLT STAINLESS STEEL 16 UMC VALVE CLAPPER RETAINING NUT STAINLESS STEEL 17 UMV VALVE HINGE PIN STAINLESS STEEL 18 CLAPPER FACING RETAINING RING STAINLESS STEEL 19 CLAPPER FACING EDPM 20 FLOW SWITCH PLUG BOLT STAINLESS STEEL 21 CLAPPER SPRING STAINLESS STEEL NOV 2018 GFV-120 Page 2 of 11 MODEL UMC MANIFOLD CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY LEFT HANDED VS RIGHT HANDED Both the shotgun riser assembly and the floor control tion of the Model UTD Test and Drain determines the station assembly are available as left handed or right "Hand" of the valve. If the Model UTD Test and Drain handed assembly. The determining factor of the left is connected to the port on the right side of the valve handed vs right handed is the position of the Model body, it is considered a right handed assembly. If the UTD Test and Drain. While looking at the faceplate Model UTD Test and Drain is connected to the port on with the Model UMC valve in the vertical orientation the left side of the Model UMC valve the assembly is and flow upward (shotgun riser orientation), the posi- considered left handed. 1 NOV 2018 GFV-120 Page 3 of 11 I I I I I I I [1 I I I I I I I I TABLE A: 1 1/4" MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATIONS ASSEMBLY UMC BODY MODEL UTD APPROXIMATE SIZE CONTROL END TESTAND PART NUMBER SHIPPING R-RIGHT VALVE CONNECTIONS DRAIN SIZE WEIGHTS L-LEFT LBS. (kg) 1 1/4 R GL300T MXF THREADED 1" 317800-R-B-H 24.0 (10.9) 1 1/4 R NONE MXF THREADED 1" 317800-R-H 19.0 (8.6) 11/4 L GL300T MXF THREADED 11.317800 -L-B-H 24.0 (10.9) 11/4" L NONE MXF THREADED ill 317800-L-H 19.0 (8.6) 1 1/4" R NONE GXG 1" 317843-R-H 19.0 (8.6) 1 1/4" R GL300G GXG 1" 317843-R-B-H 24.0 (10.9) 1 1/4" L NONE GXG 1" 317843-L-H 19.0 (8.6) 1 1/4" L GL300G GXG 1" 317843-L-B-H 24.0 (10.9) TABLE B: 1 1/2" MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATIONS .ASSEMBLY UMC BODY MODEL UTD APPROXIMATE SIZE R-RIGHT CONTROL VALVE END TESTAND PART NUMBER SHIPPING L-LEFT DRAIN SIZE WEIGHTSCONNECTIONS LBS. (kg) 1 1/2" R GL300T MXF THREADED 1" 317803-R-B-H 24.0 (10.9) 1 1/2" R NONE MXF THREADED 1" 317803-R-H 18.3 (8.3) 1 1/2" L GL300T MXF THREADED 1" 317803-L-B-H 24.0 (10.9) 1 1/2' L NONE MXF THREADED 1" 317803-L-H 18.3 (8.3) 1 1/2' R NONE GXG 1" 317844-R-H 18.3 (8.3) 1 1/2' R GL300G GXG V. 317844-R-B-H 24.0 (10.9) 1 1/2" L NONE GXG 1" 317844-L-H 18.3 (8.3) 1 1/2' L GL300G GXG 1' 317844-L-B-H 24.0 (10.9) TABLE C: 2" MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATIONS ASSEMBLY UMC BODY MODEL UTO APPROXIMATE SIZE R-RIGHT CONTROL VALVE END TESTAND PART NUMBER SHIPPING WEIGHTS L-LEFT CONNECTIONS DRAIN SIZE LBS. (kg) 2" R GL300G GXG ill 317806-R-B-H 26.0 (11.8) 2' R NONE GXG 1' 317806-R-H 19.2 (8.7) 2' L GL300G GXG 1" 317806-L-B-H 26.0 (11.8) 2" L NONE GXG 1 317806-L-H 19.2 (8.7) TABLE D: 2 1/2" (DN65) / 76.1 MM MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATIONS ASSEMBLY UMC BODY MODEL UTD APPROXIMATE SIZE R-RIGHT VALVE CONTROL END TESTAND PART NUMBER SHIPPING WEIGHTS L-LEFT CONNECTIONS DRAIN SIZE LBS. (kg) 2 1/2" R GL300G GXG 11/4" 317809-R-B-H 31.0 (14.1) 2 1/2" R NONE GXG 1 1/4" 317809-R-H 23.5 (10.7) 2 1/2 L GL300G GXG 1 1/4" 317809-L-B-H 31.0 (14.1) 2 1/2' L NONE GXG 1 1/4" 317809-L-H 23.5 (10.7) 76.1 mm R GLR300G GXG 11/4" 317809-D-R-B-H 31.0 (14.1) 76.1 mm R NONE GXG 11/4" 317809-D-R-H 23.5 76.1 mm L GLR300G GXG 11/4" 317809-D-L-B-H 31.0 (14.1) 76.1 mm L NONE GXG 1 1/4" 317809-D-L-H 23.5 (10.7) NOV 2018 GFV-120 Page 4of 11 TABLE E: 3" MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATIONS ASSEMBLY UMC BODY MODEL UTO APPROXIMATE SIZE R-RIGHT CONTROL VALVE END TESTAND PART NUMBER SHIPPING WEIGHTS LLEFT CONNECTIONS DRAIN SIZE LBS. (kg) 3" R GLR300G GXG 1 1/4 317812-R-B-H 59.0 (26.8) 3" R NONE GXG 1 1/4' 317812-R-H 35.4 (16.1) 3" L GLR300G GXG 1 1/4" 317812-L-B-H 59.0 (26.8) L NONE GXG 11/4" 317812-L-H 35.4 (16.1) TABLE F: 4" MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATIONS ASSEMBLY UMC BODY MODEL UTD APPROXIMATE SIZE R-RIGHT, CONTROL VALVE END TESTAND PART NUMBER SHIPPING WEIGHTS L-LEFT CONNECTIONS DRAIN SIZE . LBS. (kg) R GLR300G GXG 2" 317817-R-B 87.5 (39.7) 4" R NONE GXG 2" 317817-R 58.9 (26.7) 4" L GLR300G GXG 2" 317817-L-B 87.5 (39.7) 4" L NONE GXG 2" 317817-L 58.9 (26.7) TABLE G: 6" (DNI50) /165.1 MM MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATIONS ASSEMBLY . IJMC BODY MODEL UTO APPROXIMATE SIZE CONTROL END TEST AND PART NUMBER SHIPPING R-RIGHT VALVE CONNECTIONS DRAIN SIZE WEIGHTS i.LEFT . LBS. (kg) 6" R GLR300G GXG 2" 317818-R-B 124.5 (56.5) 6" R NONE GXG 2" 317818-R 80.0 (36.3) 6" L GLR300G GXG 2" 317818-L-B 124.5 (56.5) 6" L NONE GXG 2" 317818-L 80.0 (36.3) 165.1 mm R GLR300G GXG 2" 317818-D-R-B 124.5 (56.5) 165.1 mm R NONE GXG 2" 317818-D-R 80.0 (36.3) 165.1 mm L GLR300G GXG 2" 317818-D-L-B 124.5 (56.5) 165.1 mm L NONE GXG 2" 317818-D-L 80.0 (36.3) TABLE H: 8" MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATIONS ASSEMBLY CONTROL . UMC BODY MODEL UTD APPROXIMATE SIZE RRIGHT VALVE END TESTAND PART NUMBER WEIGHTS i-LEFT CONNECTIONS DRAIN SIZE LBS. (kg) 8" R GLR300G GXG 2" 317890-R-B 177.8 (80.6) 8" R NONE GXG 2" 317890-R 115.7 (52.5) NOV 2018 GFV-120 Page 5 of 11 I I I I I I [1 I I I I I I I I I I I I FLOW RATE - LPM 200 300 400 500 600700800 1000 2000 3000 5000 7000 10000 7.00 6.00 0.40 5.00, 1/ 0.30 4.00 I •-\I I I - 3.00 /1................/ /Jlg 0.20 Cl) • 1 I / . ... (0 O Q W 2.00 ...................................../ (I) w I I I .., •. 0.10 w . 0 CL 0/ 009 CL 008 100 007 0.90 //...................::/" L................................': 0.80 . .....0.06 0.70 .:..................... . .... ,. 0.60 ................................................0.05 0.04 0.50 •• / . . ., _______-_______ 40 50 60 70 80 90100 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 2000 3000 4000 FLOW RATE - GPM UMC Equivalent Length of Piping for Friction Losses Through Schedule 40 Pipe 11/4"= 6 feet • 2W = 14 feet 6" = 30 feet 11/2 = 9 feet • 3" = 11 feet • 8" = 23 feet 2" =8feet • 4" = 14 feet FIGURE 3: MODEL UMC MANIFOLD CHECK (WITHOUT BFV) FRICTION LOSS CURVES 11/4" TO 8" FLOW RATE - LPM 200 300 400 500 600700800 1000 2000 3000 5000 7000 10000 7.00 6.00 5.00 0.30 4.00 (I) 3.00 (I) Cl) 0 -J W 2.00 Ir U) (1) w of - 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.70 0.60 0.50 40 50 60 70 80 90100 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 2000 3000 4000 FLOW RATE - GPM UMC Equivalent Length of Piping for Friction Losses Through Schedule 40 Pipe 11/4 = 8 feet • 2h/2 = 22 feet • 6" = 38 feet 11/2"= 11 feet • 3" = 17.5 feet • 8" = 27 feet 2" = 12 feet • 4" = 18.5 feet FIGURE 4: MODEL UMC MANIFOLD CHECK (WITH BFV) ASSEMBLY FRICTION LOSS CURVES 11/411 TO 8" NOV 2018 GFV-120 Page 6 of 11 1 I I I 1 I Li I I I I I I I I I I Li [1 0.40 m 0.20 (I) (I) 0 -J w ly C') U) 010 W 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 TABLE I: MODEL UMC AND BUTTERFLY VALVE END TO END DIMENSIONS End to End Dimension Milk End to End Dimension W111L Globe Butterfly Control Valve Size gW Butterfly Control Valve Globe ButterflyControl Valve End to End Dimension Inches (mm) inches (mm) Inches (mm) 1114" 10.75 12.89 2.64 MT x FT (273) (327) (67.9) 11/4" 11.4 15.4 4 GxG (290) (391) (101.6) 11/2" 10.75 13.12 2.87 MT x FT (273) (333) (73) 11/2" 11.4 15.5 4.1 C x G (290) (394) (104) 10 14.49 4.49 C x G (254) (368) (114) 21/2" 10.63 15.12 4.49 GxG (270) (384) (114) 65 mm 10.63 15.12 4.49 G x G (270) (384) (114) 12.75 16.55 3.8 G x C (324) (420) (96.4) 14.63 19.13 4.5 GxG (371) (486) (115.4) 6" 17.44 22.64 5.2 G x G (443) (575) (132.4) 150 mm 17.44 22.64 5.2 G x G (443) (575) (132.4) 8" 24.0 30.0 5.8 G x G (609.6) (762) (147.3) FIGURE 5: MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY WITHOUT BFV DIMENSIONAL DRAWING FOR SIZES 1 1/4" TO 2 1/2" NOV 2111 GFV-120 Page 7 of 11 L I fl I I I I I I A .B C D. E F C H SIZE Inches •Inches Inches . Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches (mm) (mm) . . (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 11/4" TXT 3.1 6.2 8.4 6 6.7 13 2 10.7 9.5 (79) (157) (214) (150) (170) (328) (50) (272) (241) 11/4" CXC 3.1 6.2 8.4 6 6.7 11.9 2 11.4 (79) (157) (214) (150) (170) (301) (50) (290) - 11/2" TXT 3.1 6.2 8.4 6 6.7 13 2 10.7 9.5 (79) (157) (214) (150) (170) (328) (50) (272) (241) 11/2" GXG 3.1 6.2 .(mm). 8.4 6 6.7 11.9 2 11.4 (79) (157) (214) (150) (170) (301) (50) (290) - 2" 3.9 5.4 7.6 6 6.8 11.9 2.1 10 (99) (136) (193) (150) (173) (301) (53) (254) - 21/2" 3.3 6.7 9.2 6.2 7.2 12.3 2.3 10.6 (84) (171) (233) (157) (182) (312) (58) (269) - 76.1 mm 3.3 6.7 9.2 6.2 7.2 12.3 2.3 10.6 (84) (171) (233) (157) (182) (312) (58) (269) - I I I Li I I I I I I I I Li I A B C 0 E F G H SIZE inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (rum) (mm) (mm) (rum) 6.5 6.9 9.4 6.4 16 2.4 12.7 (165) (176) (238) - (161) (406) (61) (324) 7 8.3 11.2 5.6 7 17.7 3 14.6 (177) (210) (284) (143) (178) (449) (76) (371) 6" 8 9.5 12.4 6.4 7.9 19.9 3.9 17.5 (203) (241) (315) (163) (201) (504) (99) (444) 165.1 mm 8 9.5 12.4 6.4 7.9 19.9 3.9 17.5 (203) (241) (315) (163) (201) (504) (99) (444) 81, 9 11.5 14.5 8 9 22.3 5 24 (229) (292) (368) (203) (229) (566) (127) (609.6) FIGURE 6: MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY WITHOUT BFV DIMENSIONAL DRAWING FOR SIZES 3" TO 8" I I I I I I I NOV 2018 GFV-1 20 Page 8 of 11 1 I I I I I I FLOW SWITCH REQUIREMENTS I The Model UMC Floor Control! Shotgun Riser assembly is in the replacement parts section of the technical literature. sold inclusive of a Potter VSR flow switch. The flow switch utilizes exactly the same electrical and switch components The Potter VSR Flow switch includes 2 sets of switches, as the Potter VSR flow switch but includes an adapter which one set can be used to activate the central fire alarm system while the other set can be utilized to activate a local alarm (if I attaches directly to the Model UMC Manifold Check as- sembly. This adapter has been tested as part of the UMC necessary). See figure 7 for a typical wiring diagram for the Model VSR Flow switch. assembly to ensure the hydrostatic strength as well as the placement and sensitivity of the paddle is within the criteria Note: For more information on the flow switch see wwwpottersignal.com. I set forth by UL and FM. The part number for the flow switch assembly can be found WIRE NUT LOCAL SIRE NUT FIRE PANEL OR AUDIBLEWISUAL ADDRESSABLE NEUTRAL ANNUNCIATOR A MODULE - WHITE L BCK BLACK - (LINE/HOT) 0 0 -<<g g 0) FIGURE 7: MODEL VSR-M FLOW SWITCH TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAM I I I S-1 FIRE ALARM COMMON (WHITE) CONTROL PANEL SUPERVISORY YELLOW CIRCUIT I r CONTACT RATINGS: 16A 125V/250 VAC GEAR OPERATO I COMMON END OF LINE RESISTOR GREEN OPERATOR CASE GROUND ROUND I VOLTAGE -1 COMMON (BLACK) BLUE AUX. DEVICE I VALVE WIRING SHOWN WITH VALVE IN OPEN POSITION I FIGURE 8:TYPICAL BUTTERFLY VALVE WIRING DIAGRAM I NOV 2018 GFV-120 Page 9 of 11 I I I I LI I I I INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE Note: A main drain test may also operate local fire alarms unless they are tem- porarily disabled. I I INSTALLATION The Model UMC Floor Control/ Shotgun Riser assembly is sold as a complete unit, assembled and shipped in a single box. The Model UMC Manifold Check Valve must be installed in an accessible and visible location, which is maintained at or above a minimum temperature of 40°F (41C). The UMC may be installed in the horizontal or vertical (flow upward) orientation. All valves must be installed in accordance with the appropri- ate installation standard (i.e. NFPA 13 or other). All electri- cal connections must be made per the applicable installation standard and/or the National Electric Code (i.e. NFPA 70, NFPA 72 or other). Proper hydrostatic test procedure must be followed per NFPA 13. Note: It is not necessary to remove the ARV Relief Valve prior to system hydrostatic test. The Adjustable ARV may simply be temporarily adjusted to a pressure above the test pressure during the hydrostatic test. Be sure to re- turn the ARV Relief Valve to it's normal setting after the completion of the hydrostatic test. MODEL ARV RELIEF VALVE SETTING PROCEDURE The Globe 1/2 inch Model ARV, 300 psi Adjustable Pressure Relief Valve, is factory set to relieve at a pressure of ap- proximately 175 psi (12 bar). The Pressure Relief Valve may be reset to a higher pres- sure; however, it must be reset to relieve at a pressure which is in accordance with the requirements of the author- ity having jurisdiction, typically nominal 10 psi (.7 bar) above the expected normal system pressure. To reset the Model ARV pressure relief valve, use an ad- justable crescent wrench, to turn the hex cap clockwise for a higher pressure setting or counter-clockwise for a lower pressure setting. Use the calibrated lines on the stem for an approximate relief pressure setting. I full turn of the hex cap will result in approximately 25 psi increase or decrease. To verify the new setting, isolate the Model ARV relief valve and use a small hydrostatic pump attached to the supply. Increase the pressure at the relief valve to 10 psi above the expected normal system pressure. Readjust the ARV as needed to maintain a 10 psi higher relief setting. TESTING Reference NFPA 25, Standard for the Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of Water-Based Fire Protection Systems. Before proceeding with any tests involving water flow, the following precautions need to be taken: STEP 1. Check the location where the test connection discharges to make sure that all is clear and that there is no possibility of the water flow causing damage or injury. STEP 2. Check the end of the test connection to make sure that it is unobstructed. To achieve a satis- factory test, there must be an unrestricted flow of water when the test valve is wide open. STEP 3. Check for alarm connections to a central sta- tion or fire department. If such connections are found, give proper notice to the signal receiving station before proceeding with the test. MAIN TENA NCE The owner is responsible for the Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of their fire protection system. System inspection, testing and maintenance shall be per- formed in accordance with this section as well as NFPA 25 or other applicable Standard to insure the integrity of the entire system, including alarm functions as well as other system components. Any impairments must be immediately corrected. Before closing a system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system, obtain permission to shut down the affected fire protection system from the proper au- thorities and notify all personnel who may be affected. Note: All valves should be carefully inspected, tested, and maintained in accordance with NFPA 25 or other applicable Standard. It is important to ensure a clean water supply free of debris and solid particles such as sand, gravel, or mud. If, during an inspection of a water control valve, sediment or free particles of matter are noted, a further examination of internal valve parts is necessary. All deposits should be removed from all operating parts and ports. Where difficulty in performance is experienced, the manu- facturer or its authorized representative shall be contacted before any field adjustment is to be made. UMC Clapper Facing. The rubber clapper facing should be checked for wear or damage and to determine that it is free of dirt and other foreign substances. If found to be worn or damaged (e.g., foreign matter embedded in the surface; cut or torn facing), the facing should be replaced. If it is dirty, it should be cleaned. Compounds which could damage the rubber facing must never be used. Should clapper facing replacement become necessary, the following steps should be performed; Note: Before performing the following steps, insure that the system has been depressurized and drained. Clapper Removal STEP I. Remove handhole cover. STEP 2. Remove hinge pin plugs from front and back of UMC. STEP 3. Using alien wrench, push hinge pin from back of UMC towards front. STEP 4. Once hinge pin is accessible, carefully grab with pliers or similar to pull hinge pin out of body. Note: Care must be taken to confine clapper spring while extracting hinge pin from body. Spring is under tension around hinge pin. It is also recommended to cover drain port to minimize the possibility of spring inadvertently dropping into drain piping. STEP 5. Carefully remove clapper assembly from UMC. Clapper Replacement. When replacing clapper, be sure clapper spring has been properly positioned around hinge pin such that tension is applied to the clapper by the spring. Seat Ring. The seat ring should be checked for nicks and for stones, dirt or other foreign matter. It should be cleaned thoroughly. If the seat ring is found to be damaged, UMC should be replaced. I H I I H I I I H I I I LII I I I NOV 2018 GFV-120 Page lOofli I Water Flow Switch (VSR-M). There is no maintenance re- quired, only periodic testing and inspection. Should switch be found to be malfunctioning, refer to Potter Signal Techni- cal Literature for guidance. Model ARV Adjustable Relief Valve. Valve is not field ser- viceable. If inadvertent leakage is observed, first test the pressure setting utilizing the procedure outlined in the ARV Relief Valve Setting Procedure. If valve does not respond to field adjustments, valve shall be replaced. Note: Visual calibration lines on valve are used for approximate adjustment. Verify pressure setting with pressure gauge. Model UTD Universal Test & Drain Valve: The Globe Model UTD Universal Test and Drain Valve does not require any regularly scheduled maintenance. The UTD is not field serviceable. Model ARV Care and Maintenance MODEL ARV RELIEF VALVE (SEE GFV-575 for more information) Specify: MODEL ARV 1/2"ADJ RELIEF VALVE PN. 317900 Note: 300 psi (20.6 Bars) Pressure Gauges Standard (600 psi (41.2 Bars) Ordered Separately PN ......................................300121-D GLOBE® PRODUCT WARRANTY Globe agrees to repair or replace any of its manufactured products found to be defective in material or workmanship for a period of one year from date of shipment. For specific details of our warranty please refer to Price List Terms and Conditions of Sale (Our Price List). I I U I I I ORDERING INFORMATION MODEL UMC UNIVERSAL MANIFOLD CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY I Specify: MODEL UMC MANIFOLD CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY,SIZE (1 1/4", 1 1/2", 2", 2 1/2", 76.1 mm, 3", 4", 6", 165.1 mm, 8") PN (see Part Number in TableA-G) I REPLA CEMENT PARTS MODEL UMC UNIVERSAL MANIFOLD CHECK VALVE REPLACEMENT PARTS/KITS VSR-M FLOW SWITCH with ADAPTER (includes gasket) SIZE PART NUMBER 1 1/4" - 2" 91144802-A-G 2 1/2" 91144825-A-G 3" 91144803-A-G 4' 91144804-A-G 6" 91144806-A-G 8" 91144808-A-G MODEL UTD TEST AND DRAIN (SEE GFV-570 for more information) Specify: MODEL UTD TEST AND DRAIN WITH RELIEF VALVE,SIZE (1", 11/4", or 2") PN: SIZE PART NUMBER (DN25) .........................311729 1 1/4"(DN32) .........................311730 (DN50) .........................311731 Specify: MODEL UTD TEST AND DRAIN,SIZE (1", 1 1/4", or 2") PN: SIZE PART NUMBER 1"(DN25) ............................311704 1 1/4"(DN32) .........................312368 2"(DN50) ............................311708 4077 Airpark Dr. Technical Support Standish, Ml 48658 1-800-248-0278 www.globesprinkler.com 1I1 Ph. 989-846-4583 techservice@globesprinkler.com NOV 2018 GFV-120 Page 11 of 11 I I I I I I I I I I I - I INNOVATIVE I - ARE PROTECTION, INC. ~l I I I I I I I I I I I I P L 8779 Cottonwood Ave.,Ste 101 Santee, CA92O71 TL 6195938200 F 6195939133 fpinc net CA License #C.16.711148 Designed for support or restraint fo piping in either a vertical or horizon- tal position. It can be used on top or bottom of a beam. The edges are flared to provent any damage to the CPVC pipe. It is easily attached using 2 hex head self-threading screws (supplied) I I I I I c\.lus File VIXH.EX6587 HEX HEAD SCREWS I I ARGCO I CPVC TWO HOLE STRAP I Galvanized steel construction 1. SNAP CPVC PIPE INTO HANGER. 2. MOUNT HANGER TO UNDERSIDE OF BEAM WITH SCREWS PROVIDED. I . 3. MAY ALSO BE USED ON TOP SIDE OF BEAM. part # size 25-30-283 3/4" I ' •. - 25-30-284 1" - / 25-30-285 1-1/4" 25-30-286 1-1/2" 25-30-287 2" I r ' - Galvanized steel, supplied with hex slotted screws I I I The information contained herein is produced in good faith and is believed to be reliable but is for guidance only. ARGCO and its agents cannot assume liability or responsibility for results obtained in the use of its product by persons whose methods are outside or beyond our control. It is the user's responsibility to determine the suitability of any of the products, methods of use, or preparation prior to use, mentioned in our literature. It is the user's responsibility to observe and adapt such precautions as may be advisable for the protection of personnel and property in the handling and I use of any of our products. FOR MORE INFORMATION CALL ARGCO AT 1-800-854-1015 OR LOG ONTO WWW.ARGCO.COM I I I I I I I SIZE - 3/4" thru 2" pipe. MATERIAL - Carbon Steel. FINISH - Mu. Galvanized. LISTING/APPROVAL - I 203 — EX 4231, EX 2551 • FUNCTION - Hanger on CPVC and Copper pipe. INSTALLATION - Per NFPA 13,13R, 13D and CPVC manufacturers instructions on top or bottom of beam. I Space by pipe type SPECIAL NOTE: When installing on CPVC sprinkler system pipe: Verify that all assembly components are cleaned of any surface oil. FASTENERS - UL Listed per NFPA 13. in WOOD: I 3/4" - 2' CPVC pipe - #905 screw - no pre-drill. 3/4" - 2" Copper pipe - #905 screw - no pre-drill. in STEEL- mm. 18 GA, 3/4" - 2" CPVC pipe - 1/4" or 914 Tek Screw. I 3/4" - 2" Copper pipe - 1/4" or #14 Tek Screw. FEATURES * Offset edge eliminates abrasion. * Retainer dimples secure hanger to pipe during installation. I * Required AECON #905 screw has 5/16" hex head - included. ORDERING - Part # and pipe size. I Side View - For Drawings Below Hanger - Wood Stud Hanger - Metal Stud I P.O. Box 3365 South El Monte, CA 91733 626.444.0541 Fax 626.444.3887 www. Afcon.org I 511 SIDE MOUNT CPVC — COPPER HANGER I Specific Alt ON products ,are eschisicely designed to he compatible ONIX will, oltscr. AFCO,V products including ports and fasteners, resulting in a I bled ascan brace, restrainer or hanger assembly. Be advised the following warranty restt-ictiaa will apply, DISCLAIMER - .11-CON will NOT,-arrant against the lititure of its products when used in combination with other products, pans or systems not n atttttitetured tsr sold lie .IFCON. AFC()N shalt NOT he liable antler any ctrctttnstasnces whttsoeuer foi n direct or tndtreet, incidental or consecltteittiat datnages of arty kind, including but nat hunted to basal business or prolit, when nan_..tFCONps,nlrtuts have hoots, or are used. 1/08 I I I I I I I rAA__R1C0 €,1NVm I STAND-OFF TWO HOLE STRAP I NO BLOCK FOR CPVC 'For mounting CPVC pipe to wood 'Flared edges help protect CPVC 'Galvanized steel 'Supplied with tlO x I" hex head cap screws 'Complies with the static load requirements of NFPA® 13 Suitable for fire protection installations Eliminates spacers or backup blocks Easy installation -, mount I , __0 - - L_- \\ om \ unt I I I I SUS top Designed to mount CPVC pipe horizontally or vertically to wood or composite wood bott joists with a minimum 3/8" thickness. ITIO Can only be used as a guide on top of beam or on vertical piping. May be installed to wood using supplied fastener or into (minimum 18 gauge) steel using two 1/4 x 1" TEK type screws. I Provides vertical/lateral restraint and prevents upward movement of the pipe that supplies pendant fire sprinkler below ceiling. All sizes can be used as a restrainer in the bottom position. The 3/4" size only can be used as a restrainer in the top position. 1 side mount 1LE' Installation: Per NFPA 13, 13R and 13D. (see page two) Fasteners: Wood - 3/4" to 3" CPVC Pipe - wood screw - no pre-drill 3/4" to 2" Copper Pipe - wood screw - no pre-drill 3/4" to 2" Steel Pipe - 1/4" x 1-1/2" lag screw - no pre-drill Steel - 3/4" to 3" CPVC Pipe - 1/4" TEK screw 3/410 2" Copper Pipe - 1/4" TEK screw 3/4" to 2" Steel Pipe - 1/4" TEK screw MAX. HANGER NPS A B SPACING 3/4" 2.69" 3.25" 67" 2.94" 3.25" 70" 1-1/4" 3.31" 3.25" 79" 1-1/2" 3.56" 4.5" 82" 4.06" 5" 94" For use as a restrainer in all sizes when attached to the bottom of structural wood members. B For use as a restrainer in the 3/4 inch size when attached to the top of structural wood members The information contained herein is produced in good faith and is believed to be reliable but is for guidance only. ARGCO and its agents cannot assume liability or responsibility for results obtained in the use of its product by persons whose methods are outside or beyond our control. It is the users responsibility to determine the suitability of any of the products, methods of use, or preparation prior to use, mentioned in our literature. It is the user's responsibility to observe and adapt such precautions as may be advisable for the protection of personnel and property in the handling and use of any of our products. FOR MORE INFORMATION CALL ARGCO AT 1-800-854-1015 OR LOG ONTO WWW.ARGCO.COM I I I ARGCO I MODEL# 2530180 AAGC0 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS STAND-OFF TWO HOLE STRAP NO BLOCK FOR CPVC )esigned to mount CPVC pipe to wood or composite iood joists with a minumum 3/8" thickness. Snap strap over CPVC pipe. Squeeze strap back around pipe. Allowing pipe to slide back and forth. Fasten the strap to the wood surface using the two hex head screws provided. NOTE: All sizes can be used as a restrainer in the bottom position. The 3/4" size only can be used as a restrainer in the top position. All safety regulations required by the jobsite must be observed. -Observe all federeal and local safety regulations -Wear safety glasses and hard hat at all times -Be aware of personnel working above and below -Wear gloves to avoid splinters and cuts. -When working above ground be sure the structure will support your weight. FOR MORE INFORMATION CALL ARGCO AT 1.800-854.1016 OR LOG ONTO WWW.ARGCO.COM R RCO si,c* t)8I - I CPVC PIPE HANGER SUPPORT I DOUBLE OFFSET DESIGN Designed to mount cvc pipe horizontally or vertically to wood or composite wood joists with a minumum 3/8" thickness. Offset edge eliminates abrasion. Installation: Per NFPA 13, 13R and 13D. Install into wood or steel. Slides onto CPVC pipe. 3/4" pipe size I item #2530181-3/4 1" pipe size I item #2530181-1 I I I I KARGCO ARGCOC,,,, SOO-S4-1O15 I ARGCO.com Updated 4/16/2019 © ARGCO I I I I I I I I I ) L OSIS zx Fi1J /I4v1 //// Hanger & surge restraint for horizontal CPVC piping when installed on the side of supporting structure. -For mounting CPVC pipe to wood -Flared edges help protect CPVC -Galvanized steel construction -Supplied with #10 hex head cap screws -Complies with the static load requirements of NFPA® 13 -Suitable for fire protection installations -Size Range: 3/4" through 1" System No. Location II Submitted By Date Spec Section Paragraph Approved Date 1 I I MULTI-THREAD I CAST-IN ANCHOR I SOLUTION FOR WOOD FORMS I AND PAN JOIST i DECKS I Cast-In Anchor KCM-WF and KCM-PD Technical Supplement I I I I I H I I I I I PRODUCT DESCRIPTION KCM-WF/PD cast-in anchors are internally threaded cast-in anchors suitable for use with either wood (WF) or metal pan joist deck (PD) form work. The internal thread designs for the KCM WF/PD anchors include multiple thread sizes within each anchor to allow for the installation of different diameters of anchor rods The KCM-WF and KCM PD are ideally suited for a variety of rod hanging applications and offer significant 1 time savings over traditional post installed anchor solutions KCM-WF Product features Application-relevant multi-thread configurations \ J KCM-'NF/PD have color coded perforated Foam inserts to prevent concrete intrusion KCM-WF have that the . / \ notched nails snap off easily at concrete surface after the wood forms are stripped -t KCM-WF nails above the head lock the metal head to the plastic body preventing KCM-PD head popping off due to rebar hits KCM-WF nail and anchor design profile reduce the risk of anchor knock over due to accidental rebar hit Listings/Approvals KCM-PD has a design without nails for fastening to pan joist deck CC-Es (International Code Council) E5R4145 Wider base of the KCM-PD allows for easy fastening to pan joist deck. City of Los Angeles, 2018 LABC Supplement (within ESR-41 45) FM (Factory Mutual) Pipe Hanger Components for Automatic MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Sprinkler Systems 3/8 through 3/4 UL LLC UL 203 Pipe Hanger Equipment for Fire Protection Services 3/8 through 3/4 KCM-WF and KCM-PD anchors have an insert body made from carbon steel with an engineered plastic flange. The insert body is zinc plated per ASTM B633 Fe/Zn 5 Type Ill. USTED I I I I I I 2 December 2018 1 Figure l-.KcM-wF Anchor Figure 2-KcM-PD Anchor I Cast in anchor KCM.WF and KCMPD Technical Supplement INSTALLATION PARAMETERS Table 1 Hilt KCM-WF and KCMPD specification table Design Information Symbol Units 1/4 /8 3/8"-1/2" 3/8 1/2 5/8 37 % Insert type - - WF and PD Only WF WF and PD WF and PD Plastic housing color - - Green Orange Red Grey Effective embedment h in. 1.12 1.63 2.04 3.0 (mm) (28) (41) (52) (76) Mm. member h in. 2.5 2.5 3 4 thickness '' (mm) (64) (64) (76) (10) Outside diameter of d in. 0.50 0.66 0.87 1.02 anchor steel body (mm) (12.8) (16.9) (22.1) (25.9) Bearing area Ab,(MM2)(590) in.2 0.91 1.00 1.23 2.25 (643) (792) (1,451) Minimum anchor in. 2.00 2.64 3.48 4.08 spacing' '' (mm) (50.8) (67.1) (88.4) (103.6) 'Minimum anchor spacing values correspond to 4d for an un-torqued anchor as specified by ACl 318-14 17.7.1. I I El -J ki I I [1 I I Table 2 - Thread engagement measurements Anchor Anchor Body Rod Dpa..[In.] Thread Engagment [in] .. Plastic oMetal tube on [in.] Small 1/4" 13/8" Medium 3/8+1/2" 3/8" 1.9 Standard 3/8" + 1/2" + 5/8" 1/2" 1.5 5/8" 0.9 3/8" 2.8 Heavy duty 3/8" + 1/2" + 5/8" 1/2" 2.3 + 3/4" 5/8" 1.7 3/4" 0.9 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Installation Instructions For Use (IFU) are included with each product package. They can also be viewed or downloaded online at www.hilti.com (US), or www.hilti.ca (Canada). Because of the possibility of changes, always verify that downloaded IFU are current when used. Proper installation is critical to achieve full performance. Training is available on request. Contact Hilti Technical Services for applications and conditions not addressed in the IFU. I I I I I I I I I December 2018 3 DESIGN DATA IN CONCRETE PER ACI 318 ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 Design The technical data contained in this section are Hilti Simplified Design Tables. The load values were developed using the Strength Design parameters and variables of ESR-4145 and the equations within ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. For a detailed explanation of the Hilti Simplified Design Tables, refer to section 3.1.8 of Volume 2: Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed. 17. Data tables from ESR-4145 are not contained in this section, but can be found at www.icc-es.org or at www.hilti.com. Table 3 - Hilti KCM-WF and KCM-PD cast-in insert design strength with concrete/pullout failure in uncracked concrete Tension 9W Shear pV f f = f = f = f = f = f = f' = Effective embedment 2,500 psi 3,000 psi 4,000 psi 6,000 psi 2,500 psi 3,000 psi 4,000 psi 6,000 psi Nominal anchor depth (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.1 MPa) (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.1 MPa) internal diameter in (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) - 1 / 4" 3/8" 1.12 1,240 1,355 1,570 1,920 1,240 1,355 1,570 1,920 (28) (5.5) (€0) (7.0) (8.5) (5.5) (6.0) (7.0) (8.5) 3/8"-2 1 1.63 2,180 2,390 2,760 3,380 2,180 2,390 2,760 3,380 (41) (9.7) (10.6) (12.3) (15.0) (9.7) (10.6) (12.3) (15.0) 3/8"-1/2"-5/8" 2.04 3,055 3,345 3,865 4,735 3,055 3,345 3,865 4,735 (52) (13.6) (14.9) (17.2) (21.1) (13.6) (14.9) (17.2) (21.1) 3/8"-1/2"-5/8"-3/4" 3.00 5,455 5,975 6,900 8,450 10,910 11,950 13,800 16,900 (76) (24.3) (26.6) (30.7) (37.6) (48.5) (53.2) (61.4) (75.2) See PIG Ed. 17, Section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. Tabular values are for single anchor located at edge distance (c) and spacing (s) greater than 24". For anchors with edge distance or spacing less than 24" use ACI 318 to calculate load reduction factor. Compare the value to the steel values (threaded rod and inserts) in Tables 5 and 6. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. Tabular values are for normal weight concrete only. For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by ha as follows: For sand-lightweight, A. = 0.85. For all- lightweight, A = 0.75. Tabular values are for static loads only. Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete. Table 4 - Hilti KCM-WF and KCM-PD cast-in insert design strength with concrete / pullout failure in cracked concrete 1,2,34,5 Tension pN Shear ipV f = f = f = f f = fl, fc = = Effective embedment 2,500 psi 3,000 psi 4,000 psi 6,000 psi 2,500 psi 3,000 psi 4,600 psi 6,000 psi Nominal anchor depth (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.1 MPa) (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) 27.6 MPa) (41.t MPa) internal diameter in (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) - 1 4" 3/8" / 1.12 990 1,085 1,255 1,535 990 1,085 1,255 1,535 (28) (4.4) (4.8) (5.6) (6.8) (4.4) (4.8) (5.6) (6.8) 3/8"-1/2" 1.63 1,745 1,910 2,210 2,705 1,745 1,910 2,210 2,705 (41) (7.8) (8.5) (9.8) (12.0) (7.8) (8.5) (9.8) (12.0) - /2 3/ 8" 1 "-/ 5 8" 2.04 2,445 2,675 3,090 3,785 2,445 2,675 3,090 3,785 (52) (10.9) (11.9) (13.7) (16.8) (10.9) (11.9) (13.7) (16.8) 3 /8"-1/2-5/8"-34" " 3.00 4,360 4,780 5,520 6,760 8,725 9,560 11,040 13,520 /(76) (19.4) (21.3) (24.6) (30.1) (38.8) (42.5) (49.1) (60.1) See PIG Ed. 17, Section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. Tabular values are for single anchor located at edge distance (c) and spacing (s) greater than 24". For anchors with edge distance or spacing less than 24" use ACI 318 to calculate load reduction factor. Compare the value to the steel values (threaded rod and inserts) in Tables 5 and 6. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. Tabular values are for normal weight concrete only. For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by ha as follows: For sand-lightweight, A. = 0.85. For all- lightweight, A. = 0.75. Tabular values are for static loads only. For seismic tension loads, multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by 0Naa5 = 0.75. No reduction needed for seismic shear. 4 December 2018 I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I Cast-in anchor KCM-WF and KCM-PD Technical Supplement Table 5 - Design strength for steel failure of common threaded rods15 ASTM A193 B7 or ASTM F1554 Gr. 105 Grade A36 threaded rod threaded rod ASTM A 307, Grade A threaded rod Nominal rod Tensile2 Tensile2 Tensile2 diameter pN-.d Seismic qN Seismic tpN Seismic In. or Shear' Shear4 or 'Shear' Shear' or •. Shear' Shear' TN-,.%.d pN4, qN , OM'.0 , lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (k1) lb (kN) lb{) 1/4 1,390 720 505 3,000 1,550 1,085 1,425 740 518 (6.2) (3.2) (2.2) (13.3) (6.9) (4.8) (6.3) (3.3) (2.3) 3/8 / 3,395 1,750 1,225 7,315 3,780 2,646 3,490 1,815 1,271 (15.1) (7.8) (5.4) (32.5) (16.8) (11.8) (15.5) (8.1) (5.7) 1/2 / 6,175 3,210 2,245 13,315 6,915 4,841 6,375 3,315 2,321 (27.5) (14.3) (10.0) (59.2) (30.8) (21.5) (28.4) (14.7) (10.3) 58 9,835 5,110 3,575 21,190 11,020 7,714 10,165 5,285 3,700 (43.7) (22.7) (15.9) (94.3) (49.0) (34.3) (45.2) (23.5) (16.5) 3/4 14,550 7,565 5,295 31,405 16,305 11,414 15,040 7,820 5,474 (64.7) (33.7) (23.6) (139.7) (72.5) (50.8) (66.9) (34.8) (24.3) 1 See PTG Ed. 17, Section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. 2 Tensile values determined by static tension tests with 4N.= 4 A,0 f as noted in ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. Only the largest size of threaded rod specified for each insert must be used for applications resisting seismic tension loads. Exception: 1/2" and 5/8 threaded rods used with 3/8-1/2-5/8-3/4" KCM-WF/PD insert are allowed for applications resisting seismic tension loads. Shear values determined by static shear tests with = cp 0.60 A4,v futa as noted in ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. Only the largest size of threaded rod specified for each insert must be used for applications resisting shear loads. Exception: 1/2 and 5/8' threaded rods used with 3/8-1/2-5/8-3/4 KCM-WF/PD insert are allowed for applications resisting shear loads. Seismic shear values determined by seismic shear tests with 4 V e f 44 0.60 A f 4 as noted in ACI 318-14, Chapter 17. Only the largest size of threaded rod specified for each insert must be used for applications resisting seismic shear load. Exception: 1/2' and 5/8 threaded rods used with 3/8-1/2-5/8-3/4 KCM-WF/PD insert are allowed for applications resisting seismic shear loads, but with a 20% reduction in the tabulated seismic shear capacity of the threaded rod. Values are for the threaded rod only. The capacity of the insert must be also be determined from Table 6. The design strength of concrete must be in accordance with ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 and Tables 3 to 4 as necessary. Compare the values (threaded rod, inserts, and concrete). The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. Table 6 - Design strength for steel failure of KCM-WF and KCM-PD inserts' 1/4"-318" 3/8-1/2' 3/8"1f2".5/8" 3/8a1/25/83/4 . . . . Design WE and PD Only WF WF and PD WF and PD information, . ., Design steel strength of insert in tension, 5,315 8,775 10,920 17,795 cpN 4.4 lb (kN) (23.6) (39.0) (48.6) (79.2) Design seismic steel strength of insert in tension ,2 5,315 8,775 10,920 17,795 N54j4145,q lb (kN) (23.6) (39.0) (48.6) (79.2) Design steel strength of insert in shear ,2 1,775 3,490 5,785 11,140 4V.4 lb (kN) (7.9) (15.5) (25.7) (49.6) Design seismic steel strength of insert in shear ,2 1,775 3,490 5,785 11,140 Vse,nse4eq lb (kN) (7.9) (15.5) (25.7) (49.6) l Values are for the inserts only. The capacity of the threaded rods must be also determined from Table 5. The design strength of concrete must be in accordance with ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 and Tables 3 to 4 as necessary. Compare the values (threaded rod, inserts, and concrete). The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. 2 Only the largest size of threaded rod specified for each insert must be used for applications resisting seismic tension, static shear, and seismic shear loads. Exception: 1/2 and 5/8' threaded rods are allowed to be used with 3/8-1/2-5/8-3/4" KCM-WF/PD insert. I I I I I December 2018 I I I Li I I Li I I I L I I 200-1/2 1 1/(I5) Size Part No. Approx.Pipe Rod Size /8"-16 A a ii (50 200-3/4 3/4 (20) 3/8"-16 31/8 (794) 21/2 (635) 11 (50) 200-1 1" (25) /811-16 3 /8" (85.7) 2/8" (66.7) 12 (5.5) 200-1114 11/4 (32) 3/a"-16 33/4 (940) 27/81,(730) 13 (59) 200_11/2 11/2 (40) /811-16 37/8" (98.4) 2/8" (73.0) 14 (6.4) 200-2 2 (50) 3/8"-16 41/2 (114.3) 3 (76.3) 15 (69) 200-21/2 21/2 (65) 3/ 16 5/8 (1429) 41/8 (1047) 27 (123) 200-3 3 (75) 3/8"-16 57/9 (1491) 4' (101.6) 29 (133) 200_3112 1 31/2 (90) 1 3/8"-16 7/8" (187.3) 51/4 (133.3) 34 (15.6) 200-4 4 (100) 3/8"A6 73/9 (1873) 5 (1270) 35 (160) 200-5 5" (125) 1/2"13 91/8 (231.8) 61/4 (158.7) 66 (30.2) 2006 6 (150) 1/2"-13 101/8 (2572) 6/4 (1714) 73 (334) 200-8 8" (200) 1/2"13 131/8" (333.4) 8/4" (222.2) 136 (62.3) I I ri I I Fig. 200S LI Fig. 200 - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger (Cooper B-Line Fig. B317ONF) ®TOLCO Fig. 200F - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Felt Lining (Cooper B-Line Fig. B317ONFF) L us I Fig. 200C - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Plastic Coated (Cooper B-Line Fig. B3170NFC) C@ Fig. 200S - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Non-Captured Nut FM I Size Range: Fig. 200 - 1/2" (15mm) thru 8" (200mm) pipe Material: Steel, Pre-Galvanized to G90 specifications Function: For fire sprinkler and other general piping purposes. Knurled - - - - I swivel nut design permits hanger adjustment after installation. Features: (1/2" (15mm) thru 2" (50mm)) Flared edges ease installation for all pipe I types and protect CPVC plastic pipe from abrasion. Captured design keeps adjusting nut from separating with hanger. Hanger is easily ' B installed around pipe. For hanger with non-captured nut order Fig. 200S. 7 I . (21/2" (65mm) thru 8" (200mm)) Spring tension on nut holds it securely in '. hanger before installation. Adjusting nut is easily removed. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories listed (1/2' (15mm) thru 8" (200mm)) "- Fig 200-I2 200-I4 in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) for steel and CPVC plastic pipe and I ' ' Fig. 200-1 to 200-2 Fig. 200_21/2 to 200-8 Factory Mutual Engineering Approved (FM) (3/4 (20mm) thru 8 (200mm)). Conforms to Federal Specifications WW-H-1 71 E & A-A-1 192A, Type 10 and Manufacturers Standardization Society ANSI/MSS SP-69 & SP-58, I Type 10. Maximum Temperature 650 OF (343"C) Finish Pre Galvanized Stainless Steel materials will be supplied with (2) hex nuts I in place of a knurl nut. Order By Figure number and pipe size Designed to meet or exceed requirements of I Fig 200 Fig. 200C Fig. 200F I At dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. I COOPER B-Line I I I I I I I I I [1 I I I Fig. 200M - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger for Metric Rod Size Range: Fig. 200 - 1/2" (15mm) thru 8" (200mm) pipe Material: Steel, Pre-Galvanized to G90 specifications Function: For fire sprinkler and other general piping purposes. Knurled swivel nut design permits hanger adjustment after installation. Features: - - (1/2" (15mm) thru 2" (50mm)) Flared edges ease installation for all pipe .-. types and protect CPVC plastic pipe from abrasion. Captured design keeps adjusting nut from separating with hanger. Hanger is easily installed around pipe. (21/2" (65mm) thru 8" (200mm)) Spring tension on nut holds it securely in hanger before installation. Adjusting nut is easily removed. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories listed (1/2" (15mm) thru 8" (200mm)) in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) for steel and CPVC plastic pipe and Fig. 200-1 to 230-2 Factory Mutual Engineering Approved (3/4" (20mm) thru 8" (200mm)). Conforms to Federal Specifications WW-H-171 E & A-A-1 192A, Type 10 and Manufacturers Standardization Society ANSI/MSS SP-69 & SP-58, Type 10 Maximum Temperature: 650°F (343°C) Finish: Pre-Galvanized. Stainless Steel materials will be supplied with (2) hex nuts in place of a knurl nut. Order By Figure number and pipe size Designed to meet or exceed requirements of FM DS 2-0. Part No. 200M8-1f2 Pipe in, 1/2" Size (15) Rodiu- I M8 31/8 (79.4) 2/8" (66.7) 'p.. 11 I (5.0) 200M10-1/2 1/2' (15) MiO 31/8' (79.4) 2/8" (66.7) 11 (50) 200108-3/4 3/4 (20) M8 31/8" (79.4) 21/2" (63.5) 11 (5.0) 200M10 3/4 3/4 (20) M10 31/8 (794) 21/2 (63.5) 11 (50) 200M8-1 - 1" (25) M8 3/8" (85.7) 2/8' (66.7) 12 (5.5) 200M10 1 1 (25) M10 3/8 (857) 2/8 (667) 12 (55) 200M8-11/4 11/4 (32) M8 33/4 (94.0) 2/8" (73.0) 13 (5.9) 200M10 11/4 11/4 (32) M10 33/4 (940) 2/8 (730) 13 (59) 200M8-11/2 11/2 (40) M8 3I8" (98.4) 2/8" (73.0) 14 (6.4) 200M10 11/2 11/2 (40) M10 37/8 (984) 2/8 (730) 14 (64) 200M8-2 2' (50) M8 41/2' (114.3) 3 (76.3) 15 (6.9) 200M102 2 (50) MiD 41/2 (1143) 3 (763) 15 (69) 2004/2 2/2 (65) MiD 5/8' (142.9) 41/8' (104.7) 27 (12.3) 20DM 3 3 (75) MiD 57/8 (1491) 4 (1016) 29 (133) 200M-31/2 31/2 (90) MiD 7 /8" (187.3) 51/4 (133.3) 34 (15.6) 20DM 4 4 (100) MiD 7 /8 (1873) 5 (1270) 35 (160) 200M-5 5' (125) M12 91/8"(231.8) 61/4 (158.7) 66 (30.2) 200M-6 6 (150) M12 101/8 (2572) 6I4 (1714) 73 (334) 200M-8 8" (200) M12 131/8 (333.4) 8/4" (222.2) 136 (62.3) ®TOLCO C&S usm B ( A Fig. 200-1/2. 200-I4 Fig. 200_21/2 to 200-8 I All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. I COOPER B-Line I r1l Fig. 200H - Heavy Duty Band Hanger (For Trapeze) Size Range: 2" (50mm) thru 4" (100mm) trapeze pipe size. I Material: Steel - Pre-Galvanized to G40 Spec Function: Designed primarily to support substantially heavier loads than is normally intended for the nominal hanger size. Used I extensively to support trapeze installations and the increased loads from both above and below the trapeze assembly. Features: Furnished with /8"-16 or 1/2"_13 adjusting threaded ring nut. I Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories listed in the USA (UL) and Canada** (cUL). Conforms to Federal Specification WW-H-1 71 E & A-A-1 192A, Type 10 and Manufacturers Standardization Society ANSI/MSS SP-69 & SP-58, Type 10. Maximum Temperature: 650°F (343°C) I Finish: Pre-Galvanized Order By: Figure number, pipe size and rod size. Important Design Note. Because of the increased loads applied to the trapeze assembly, both the upper trapeze supports as well as the lower hanging unit must be able to hold the maximum loads intended. kt*i!ø(*i -- 11111 iiiiiii 20OH-2-31a 2" (50) I1i4: /8"-16 A 't--"-r- I 4/16" (115.9) 3/32" B (81.7) Approx. ' 48 Wt.11 00 , (21.8) 200W2-1/2 2 (50) 1/2"-13 423/32 (1198) 3/8 (857) 45 (204) 200H-2112-318 21/2" (65) /811-16 5/16" (134.9) 3/32" (94.4) 59 (26.7) 20011-21/z-1/2 21/2 (65) 1/2"-13 515/32 (1389) 3 /8 (983) 56 (254) 20OH-3 3/e 3" (75) /811-16 53/4" (146.0) 327/32" (97.6) 63 (28.6) 200H-3 1/2 3 (75) 1/2"-13 57/81,(1481) 3/32 (1008) 60 (272) 200H-4-3/8 4" (100) I8"-16 6/8" (174.6) 4/16" (112.7) 76 (34.5) 200H-4 1/2 4 (100) 1/2"-13 71/32 (1786) 4/32 (11167) 73 (331) ° Select trapeze pipe size based on section modulus required for span of trapeze per information provided in NFPA 13. All sizes are UL Listed to support up to 8" pipe at max spacing per NFPA 13. For 6" (150mm) and 8" (200mm) trapeze pipe, consult factory. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. COOPER B-Line I I I I I I Fl, S _#. : INNOVATIVE i FIRE PROTECTION, INC. 1 I I 7) Swa y Bracing I I I I I I I 8779 Cottonwood Ave Ste 101 - Santee CA 92071 - 1 L 619 593 8200 - 619 593 9133 ifpinc net CA License #C.16.711148 Wcoi,. SEISMIC BRACES AWIL Fig. AF771 (Formerly Anvil Fig. 771) Sway Brace Swivel Attachment Size Range: Brace Pipe: 1' 1/4' DN25 and DN32 Anchor Size: /2" through 3/4" Material: Ductile Iron with Carbon Steel Hardware -• Finish: Plain or R Electro-Galvanized per ASTM B633 .. - Service: A seismic swivel attachment designed to connect brace pipe to the building structure or to a seismic structural attachment. The Sway Brace Swivel Attachment rigidly braces piping systems subjected to horizontal seismic loads. The Sway Brace Swivel Attachment may also be installed to rigidly brace piping systems subjected to .. - . vertical seismic loads. For vertical load capacities, reference OSHPD OPM-0351-13. Approvals: cULus Listed (UL 203a) and FM Approved (FM 1950-10 & FM 1950-13), osF?pd OSHPD Pre-Approved (OPM-0351-13 and OPA-2804-10). Complies with the hanging and OPM-0351-13 LISTED APPROVED bracing requirements listed in NFPA 13. Features: Field adjustable design requires no threading of the brace pipe Shear off bolt provides a visual indication that the desired torque value has been achieved True concentric loading of the brace pipe Installation Instructions: Insert anchor through the mounting hole and into the structure or seismic structural attachment. For connection to Fig. AF772, AF778, and AF779 seismic structural attachments, the bolt and nuts shall be installed wrench tight (typically finger tight plus 1/4 to /2 turns). For connection to concrete, wood, timber, steel, and other structures, install fasteners per the fastener manufacturer's installation instructions. Insert Sch. 40 brace pipe into the brace socket until the brace pipe bottoms out. Torque shear off bolt until head shears off. Check the cross bolt and nut and ensure the nut is wrench tight. Fire Protection applications shall also be installed per the requirements of NFPA 13 and local codes. Ordering: Specify brace pipe size, fastener size, figure number, finish and description. Notes: Anvil International® brand bracing components are designed to be compatible ONLY with other Anvil international® brand bracing components, resulting in a Listed seismic bracing assembly. updated UL listing information may be viewed at www.ul.com and updated FM approval information may be viewed at www. approvalguide.com. Disclaimer: Anvil International ('Anvil") does not provide any warranties and specifically disclaims any liability whatsoever with respect to Anvil bracing products and components that are used in combination with products, parts or systems not manufactured or sold by Anvil. In no event shall Anvil be liable for any incidental, direct, consequential, special or indirect damages or lost profits where non-Anvil bracing components have been, or are used. SeisBrace® Seismic Fire Protection Design Tool may be accessed at www.seisbrace.com PROJECT INFORMATION Project: [—]Approved Address: E] Approved as noted Contractor: J Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: PH-3.19 Li I P1 I d I I I I I I I Li I I Li I 4icoi,. SEISMIC BRACES AWIL Fig. AF771 (Formerly Anvil Fig. 771) Sway Brace Swivel Attachment (cont.) I Ll FIG. AF771 cULus MAX SEISMIC HORIZONTAL LOADS: DIMENSIONS (IN) • LOADS_(LBS) Brace Pipe Size Fastener Max Seismic Max Service Size Brace Load Pipe Size 1/2 1 - 1/4 (DN25 - DN32) 3740 12 _____________ 3/4 _ NPS Brace Pipe Dimensions per ASTM A53 Sch. 40, ASTM A106 Sch. 40, or equivalent. ON Brace Pipe Dimensions per KS 0 3562 Sch. 40 or equivalent. FIG. AF771 FM MAX SEISMIC HORIZONTAL ASD LOADS**: DIMENSIONS (IN) • LOADS (LBS) Brace Fastener Max Seismic Brace Load at Brace Pipe Angle* Pipe Size Size 30.44 45-59 60-74 75-90 1/2 1820 2540 3110 3470 1.11/4 (DN-25 - 0N32) 1520 2150 2630 2930 3/ NPS Brace Pipe Dimensions per ASTM A53 Sch. 40, ASTM A106 Sch. 40, or equivalent ON Brace Pipe Dimensions per GB/T 3091, EN10255H, JIS 53454 Sch. 40, KS D 3562 Sch. 40, or equivalent. * Brace Pipe Angles are determined from vertical. **The allowable FM approved capacity of brace subassemblies are listed in Allowable Stress Design (ASD). For Load Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) capacities, the above values will need to be multiplied by 1.5. I L i H I I I F~ FIG. AF771 HORIZONTAL PRYING FACTORS (Pr) PER NFPA: ANGLES (DEG) Brace orientation* A B C 0 E F G H I Brace Angle** 30-44 45-59 60-90 30-44 45-59 60-90 30-44 45-59 60-90 Prying Factor (Pr) 4.171 2.000 0.965 1.966 2.385 2.965 1.929 1.364 1.114 * Brace Orientation per NFPA 13-2016 Figure 9.3.5.12.1. ** Brace Pipe Angles are determined from vertical. PH-5.19 I I [1 I LI I FCOfl, SEISMIC BRACES lNVIL LII Fig. AF411 (Formerly Afcon Fig. 411) Longitudinal Seismic Clamp Fig. AF074 (Formerly Afcon Fig. 074) Brace Attachment Fitting LI Fig. AF078 (Formerly Afcon Fig. 078) Brace Attachment Fitting Size Range: Service Pipe: 1" through 8' Carbon Steel Brace Pipe: 1 through 2 Sch. 40 USTED Material: Carbon Steel (AF074 Only: Ductile Iron Brace Socket) Finish:fl Plain orD Electra-Galvanized per ASTM B633 Service: Designed to rigidly brace piping systems subjected to longitudinal seismic loads. The Fig. AF411 may be installed with Fig. AF074 or AF078 Brace Attachment Fittings. Approvals: cULus Listed (UL 203a) and FM Approved (FM 1950-10 & FM 1950-13). Complies with the hanging and bracing requirements listed in NFPA 13. Features: Visual indication of assembly when the clamp ears make metal-to-metal contact. Installation Instructions: Mount the Fig. AF074 or AF078 on the outside of the outside of the Fig. AF411 clamps ears. Position the clamp at the desired location on the service pipe and hand tighten the hex bolts. Insert brace pipe into the AF074 or AF078 socket and torque the set screw until the head bottoms out on the AF074 or AF078. Brace pipe must extend 1/2" past the end of the brace socket. Ensure the brace pipe is set to the desired installation brace angle. Tighten the clamp bolts and nuts equally and alternately until metal-to-metal contact is achieved and the nuts are wrench tight. Fire Protection applications shall also be installed per the requirements of NFPA 13 and local codes. Ordering: AF411: Specify service pipe size, figure number, finish, and description. AF074 & AF078: Specify brace pipe size, figure number, finish, and description. AF411, AF074, & AF078 all sold separately. I I I I I I [j I I I I Fig. AF411 Fig. AF074 L' J Fig. AF078 Notes: Anvil International® brand bracing components are designed to be compatible ONLY with other Anvil International® brand bracing components, resulting in a Listed seismic bracing assembly. Updated UL listing information may be viewed at www.ul.com and updated FM approval information may be viewed at www.approvalguide.com. Disclaimer: Anvil International ("Anvil") does not provide any warranties and specifically disclaims any liability whatsoever with respect to Anvil bracing products and components that are used in combination with products, parts or systems not manufactured or sold by Anvil. In no event shall Anvil be liable for any incidental, direct, consequential, special or indirect damages or lost profits where non-Anvil bracing components have been, or are used. SeisBrace® Seismic Fire Protection Design Tool may be accessed at www.seisbrace.com I I I I I IPROJECT INFORMATION Project:[]Approved Address: Approved as noted Contractor: El Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: I PH-5.19 47,Fcon. SEISMIC BRACES ._p ANVIL Fig. AF411 (Formerly Afcon Fig. 411) Longitudinal Seismic Clamp Fig. AF074 (Formerly Afcon Fig. 074) Brace Attachment Fitting Fig. AF078 (Formerly Afcon Fig. 078) Brace Attachment Fitting II FIG. AF411: DIMENSIONS (IN) • WEIGHT (LBS) Service Pipe Size A B Weight 1 55/s 21,4 1.75 11/4 6 21¼ 1.90 11/2 61,4 21¼ 2.00 2 04 21,4 2.15 21,4 7/8 2/8 2.40 3 77,4 31/8 2.60 4 9 3',4 3.10 6 111¼ 47,4 4.50 8 131/2 57,4 5.50 FIG. AF074 & AF078: DIMENSIONS (IN) • WEIGHT (LBS) Brace AF074 AF078 Pipe C D I Weight C D Weight 1 0.97 0.38 1 25A6 11,4 1¼ 1.07 0.54 1½ 2A6 1A6 1.17 2 1.31 Fig AF41 1 & AF074 Fig AF411 & AF078 Installation Installation Brace Pioe Fig. AF074 \ ,.a—Fig AF078 n/ice PipjL_—Fig. AF411-90 01 10 FIG. AF411 cULus MAX SEISMIC LONGITUDINAL LOADS: DIMENSIONS (IN) • LOADS (LBS) Service Brace Brace Max Seismic Brace Load Pipe size Attachment Fitting Pipe Size Sch. 10 Sch. 40 AF074 1-2 - 2015 AF078 1 _lh/4 - 1000 lh/4 _4 AF074 1-2 2015 2015 AF078 1 _lh/4 1000 1000 6-8 AF074 1-2 2015 2015 PH-1.18 I 4FCOn® SEISMIC BRACES AWIL I Fig. AF411 (Formerly Afcon Fig. 411) Longitudinal Seismic Clamp Fig. AF074 (Formerly Afcon Fig. 074) Brace Attachment Fitting Fig. AF078 (Formerly Afcon Fig. 078) Brace Attachment Fitting . .... FIG. AF411 FM MAX SEISMIC LONGITUDINAL ASD LOADS***: DIMENSIONS (IN) • LOADS (LBS) • ANGLES (DEG) Service Pipe Size Pipe Schedules Brace Attachment Fitting Brace Pipe Size Max Seismic Brace Load at Brace Pipe Angle** 30-44 45-59 60-74 75-98 1_11/2 Sch. 10 — Sch. 40 AF074 1-2 1070 420 510 570 AF078 1 _lh/4 430 420 510 570 2 LW—Sch.40 AF074 1-2 1410 1900 1730 1930 AF078 1_11/4 430 620 760 840 21/2 _3 LW—Sch.40 AF074 1-2 1000 860 1030 1150 AF078 1_11/4 430 620 760 840 LW ____________ AF074 1-2 1000 860 1030 1150 AF078 1 - 11/4 430 620 760 840 4 Sch. 10—Sch. 40 AF074 1-2 1000 950 1150 1280 AF078 1 _lh/4 430 620 760 840 6 LW—Sch.40 AF074 1-2 1410 2000 2450 2740 AF078 1_lh/4 430 620 760 840 8AF074 TSch. 10—Sch.40 1-2 1410 1250 1510 1690 AF078 111/4 430 620 760 840 I * Load rating for LW above refers to FM Approved Lightwall pipe, commonly referred to as Sch.7 and Flow Pipe. See FM Approval Guide for approved Lightwall pipe. ** Brace Pipe Angles are determined from vertical. The allowable FM approved capacity of brace subassemblies are listed in Allowable Stress Design (ASD). For Load Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) capacities, the above values will need to be multiplied by 1.5. I I I I I I I P1-1-1.18 [1 I I I I Model K Brace Clamp LISTED APPROVED xFCOfl. SEISMIC BRACES Fig. AF035 (Formerly Afcon Fig. 035) Size Range: Service Pipe: 1" through 12' Carbon Steel: 1' through 3" CPVC Brace Pipe: 1" through 2" Sch. 40 Material: Carbon Steel Strap and Ductile Iron Cast Hoop Ends Finish: 0 Plain or M Electro-Ga Ivan ized per ASTM B633 Service: Designed to rigidly brace piping systems subjected to lateral seismic loads. Approvals: cULus Listed (UL 203a) and FM Approved (FM 1950-10 & FM 1950- 13). Complies with the hanging and bracing requirements listed in NFPA 13. Features: Unique design provides solutions for carbon steel and CPVC pipe. Beveled edge design helps protect the CPVC pipe from any rough sur- face and eliminates pipe abrasion. Large installation hole in the cast hoop ends allows the brace pipe to pass through easily without interference. Visual indication of proper assembly when the head of the set screw bottoms out on the cast hoop ends. Installation Instructions: Li I I I I I I I I .Place the Model K Brace Clamp over the service pipe to be braced and slide the Sch. 40 brace pipe through the cast hoop ends. The end of the brace pipe must extend at least 1" past the cast hoop ends. Note: The brace pipe may be installed above or below the service pipe. I . Ensure brace pipe is set to the desired installation brace angle. Torque the set screws alternately and equally until the head of the set screw bottoms out on the cast hoop ends. For riser/4-way brace installations, two Model K Brace Clamps must be installed within 6' of each other. I .For CPVC installation, ensure the legs of the Model K Brace Clamp strap are parallel to each other and perpendicular to the brace pipe prior to installation. Fire Protection applications shall also be installed per the requirements of NFPA 13 and local codes. I Patents: No. 7,516,922, No. 7,523,895 Ordering: Specify service pipe size, brace pipe size, figure number, finish and description. I Notes: Anvil International® brand bracing components are designed to be compatible ONLY with other Anvil International® brand bracing components, resulting in a Listed seismic bracing assembly. Updated UL listing information may be viewed at www.ul.com and updated FM approval information may be viewed at www.approvalguide.com. Disclaimer: Anvil International ("Anvil"l does not provide any warranties and specifically disclaims any liability whatsoever with respect to Anvil bracing products and components that are used in combination with products, parts or systems not manufactured or sold by Anvil. In no event shall Anvil be liable for any incidental, direct, consequential, special or indirect damages or lost profits where non-Anvil bracing components have been, or are used. SeisBrace® Seismic Fire Protection Design Tool maybe accessed at www.seisbrace.com I PROJECT iiiINFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP I Project: Approved Address: []Approved as noted Contractor: U Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: I PH-1.1 8 I I I Set Screw Installation zFCOfl SEISMIC BRACES Fig, AF03 5 (Formerly Afton Fig. 035) Model K Brace Clamp (cont.) FIG. AF035: DIMENSIONS (IN) . WEIGHT (LBS) Service Pipe Size 1" Brace Pipe Weight 1/" Brace Pipe Weight 11/211 Brace Pipe Weight 2" Brace Pipe Weight 1 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.28 11/4 1.68 1.88 2.08 2.36 11/2 1.64 1.84 2.04 2.32 2 1.88 2.08 2.28 2.56 21/2 1.90 2.10 2.30 2.58 3 2.10 2.30 2.50 2.78 4 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.88 5 3.40 3.60 3.80 4.08 6 3.90 4.10 4.30 4.58 8 4.80 5.00 5.20 5.48 10 5.60 5.80 6.00 6.28 12 - 6.36 6.56 6.84 FIG. AF035 cULus MAX SEISMIC LATERAL LOADS: DIMENSIONS (IN) • LOADS (LBS) Service Pipe Size Brace Pipe Size Max Seismic Brace Load Specialty* Schedule 10 Schedule 40 1-4 1 - 2 2765 2765 2765 5-10 - 12 11/4 2 3740 3740 * Specialty pipes are commonly referred to as Sch. 7 and Flow Pipe. Please visit the UL listing on the UL website for a complete list of listed specialty pipes. - 411 1' Mm. FIG. AF035 FM MAX SEISMIC LATERAL ASD LOADS***: DIMENSIONS (IN) • LOADS (LBS) • ANGLES (DEGREES) Service Pipe Size Brace Pipe Size Pipe Schedule Max Seismic Brace Load at Brace Pipe Angle** 30-44 45-59 1 60-74 75-90 1 11/2 1 - 2 LW* _ Sch. 40 1680 2380 2920 3250 2-3 LW* _ Sch. 40 1800 2550 3120 3490 4 LW* _ Sch. 40 1 1370 1930 2370 2640 5-8 Sch. 10 - Sch. 40 1 730 1040 1270 1 1420 * Load Rating for LW above refers to FM Approved Lightwall pipe, commonly referred to as Sch. 7 and Flow Pipe. See FM Approval Guide for approved Lightwall pipe. ** Brace Pipe Angles are determined from vertical. The allowable FM approved capacity of brace subassemblies are listed in Allowable Stress Design (ASD). For Load Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) capacities, the above values will need to be mulitplied by 1.5. PH-1.18 . S I :all INNOVATIVE FIRE PROTECTION, INC. I I I I I Accessories I I I P1 I I I I 1 1 I 8779 Cottonwood Ave. Ste 101 - Santee CA 92071 - T i 619 593 8200 F 619 593 9133 ifpinc net CA License #C.16,711148 I 3MM Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ I Product Data Sheet 1. Product Description 3M' Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ is cost-effective, one-part, I gun-grade, latex-based, intumescent firestop sealant that dries to form a monolithic firestop seal that also acts as a barrier to airborne sound transmission. 3M Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ firestops through penetrations passing through lire-rated floor, floor/ceiling or wall assemblies, as well as other fire-rated interior building I partitions and assemblies (e.g. static construction joints or blank openings). In addition, the unique intumescent property of this material allows 3M Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ to expand and help maintain a firestop penetration seal for up to 3 hours as penetrants are exposed to fire. 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ bonds to most construction substrates, including: gypsum wallboard, concrete, metals, wood, plastic (including CPVC) and cable jacketing. No mixing is required. FIRE BARRIER SMOKE SEAL. L Fire Protechnn SOUND BARRIER 54 In SIC 54-rated wall assemb5 $SIp1 w EtIL VOtO, OR CAS11Y FOR USE IN JOINT SYSTEMS, ThROUGH PENETRATiON FIRESTOP SYSTEMS AND PERIMETER CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS SEE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY 9009 SYSTEM FBCV COMPATIBLE Fit Product Features estop tested up to 3 houts in S'tg resistant ('Ui\ LISTED accordance with ASTM E 814 • Halooen-frcc __J cJus (UL 1479) ASTM E 1966 (U • Excellent adhesion L 2079) & CAN/IJLC-S II S USTED Intertek CPVC compatible Re-enterable/repairable ALLVOIDORcA511Y NRFETOPSYSThEIS F - II 1k Expanded fire protection systems MATERIALS 9009 SEE INTERTEKDIRECTORY - — Helps minimize sound transfer* Paintable Water clean up Cost-effective firestop sealant Cocnjn/ies i lit/I the intent of LL.LD® iVC-EQ Credit 4. /for Low-E,ni;tin Materials: Adhesives and Sealants, available in tube, pail or sausage. contains <250 gIL VO(' contents less H2O and exempt so/vents per S(AQMI) Rule 1/68). Product Color: Yellow. °Minintites noise tlwLcjer—S7C-Ratw5 of 54 when tested in STC 54-rated wall assenrth/): 2. Applications 3M"' Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ is a general-purpose intumescent firestop ideal for sealing single or multiple through penetrations in fire-rated construction. 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ is typically used in mechanical, electrical and plumbing applications to firestop openings created by the following penetrations in fire-rated floors, floor/ceilings or walls: metallic pipe, plastic pipe, conduit, power and coinniunication cable, cable trays, busways, combos, insulated pipe and HV.AC duct penetrations. 3M' Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ is also used to firestop blank openings and static construction joints. I [1 I I I 1 3. Specifications 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ shall he a one component, ready-to-use, gun-grade, latex-based, intumescent .firestop sealant capable of expanding a minimum of 3 times at 1000°F. The material shall he thixotropic and be applicable to overhead, vertical and horizontal firestops. The sealant shall he listed by independent test agencies such as UL, ULC, Intertek or FM. 3M' Fire Barrier Sealant IC 1 5WB+ shall be tested to and pass the criteria of ASTM E 814 (Ut 1479) Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Penetration Firestop Systems, ASTM E 1966 (UL 2079) Standard Test Method for Fire Resistive Joint Systems and CAN/ ULC-S] 15 Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems. 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ meets the requirements of the IBC. .IRC, NBCC. IFC, IPC, IMC, NFPA 5000, NEC (NFPA 70) and NFPA 101. Typically Specified MasterFormat (2004) Section 07 84 00 — Firestopping Related Sections Section 07 27 00 - Air Barriers Section 07 84 16 — Annular Space Protection Section 07 84 43 — Fire-Resistant Joint Sealants Section 07 8600— Smoke Seals Section 0787011— Smoke Containment Barriers Section 07 92 13— Elastomeric Joint Sealants Section 0792 19— Acoustical Joint Sealants Section 2 t 000)1— Fire Suppression Section 2211(101) - Plumbing Section 230000 - Heating. Ventilating, and Air Conditionins (HV.AC) Section 26 00 00— Electrical ri For technical Support relating to 3M Fire Protection Products and Sstetns, call: 1-800-328-1687 For more information on 3M Fire Protect/on Products, visit: www.3ni.com/firestop Performance & Typical Physical Properties Color: Yellow T1iln (T?A fl I hnr A1 70 Application Temperature Range: 40° to 122°F 4° to 50°C) 'reiasile Strength: 85 psi (0.59 MPa) (ASTM C 1299) \1urne Shrinkage (ASTM C 1241): 28% Service Temperature Range: -200 to 180°F (-28° to 82°C) VOC Less H() and Exempt Solvents: STC Acoustic Barrier: 54 when tested in STC 54 rated Surface Burning (ASTM F 84): Flame Spread 5, Smoke Development 50 (ASTM B 90 and ASTM E 413) wall assembly - becomes tack-lice in about ten minutes and dry-to-touch in 30 to 60 Dry: Under typical conditions of 75°F (23°C) and 50% RH.. sealant minutes. Full dry depends upon ambient conditions and volume of sealant, <250 gIL Typical dry rate is approximately 1/8 inch (13 mm) per day. tJnitVolunse: 10.1 II. oz tube (298.7 ml, 18.2 in').20fl. oz. sausage t591.5 rnl.36,t 27 II. uc tube (798.5 ml, 48.7 in).4.5 gal. pail (17.03 I., 1039.5 in) Packaging, Storage, Shelf Life Packaging Product packaged in cartridge or pail is enclosed in HOPE plastic containers, sausage is packaged in aluminum foil wrap. Storage 3M" Fire Banter Sealant 1C I SWB+ should he stored indoors in dry conditions between 40°F and 90°F (4°C and 32°C) in the original unopened package. Avoid repeated freeze I thaw exposures of the 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant IC I 5WB+ prior to installation. Shelf Life 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ shelf life is 12 months in original unopened containers from date of packaging when stored above 68°F (2°C). Lot numbering (e.g. 8183AS): First digit = Last digit of year manufactured, Second to fourth digit = Julian Date, Letters = Random to distinguish between lot numbers Installation Techniques Consult a 311 Authorized Fire Protection Products Distributor/Dealer or Sales Representative for applicable UL. cUL, ULC, Intertek, FM or other third-parry drawings and system details. Preparatory Work The surface of the opening and any penetrating items should be cleaned to allow for the proper adhesion of the 3M' Fire Barrier Sealant IC I SWB+. Ensure that the surface of the substrates are not wet and are frost free. Sealant can he installed with it standard caulking gun, pneumatic pumping equipment or it can be easily applied with a putty knife or trowel. Installation Details Install the applicable depth of backing material, if required, as detailed within the applicable UL, cUL, ULC, Intertek, FM or other third-party listed system. Cut the end of the 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant IC I SWB+ tube spout to achieve the desired bead width when applying. Install the applicable depth of 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant IC I SWB+ into the opening flush with the surface of the substrate, or as detailed within the applicable listed system, at the depth for the assembly and rating that is required. Tool within 5 minutes. Clean all tools immediately after use with water. Limitations Do not apply 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant IC l5WB+ when surrounding temperature is than less 40°F (4°C) and in conditions where seals may be exposed to rain or water spray within 18 bout's of application. Do not apply 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant IC I5WB+to building materials that bleed oil, plasticizers or solvent (e.g. impregnated wood, oil-based sealatits, or green or partially vulcanized rubber). Do not apply 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ to wet or frost-coated surfaces or to areas that are continuously damp or immersed in water. Maintenance No maintenance is expected to be required when installed in accordance with the applicable UL, cUL, ULC, Intertek, FM or other third-party listed system. Once installed, if any section of the 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant IC I SWB+ is damaged, the following procedure will apply: remove and reinstall the damaged section in accordance with the applicable listed system, with a minimum 112 in. (12.7 mm) overlap onto the adjacent material. Availability 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant IC I5WB+ is available from 3M Authorized Fire Protection Products Distributors and Dealers. 3M" Fire Banter Sealant IC 15WB+ is available in 10.1 Ii. oz. cartridges (3M ID 98-0400-5509-I, 12/case), 20.0 II. oz. sausages (3M ID 98-0400-5512-5, 10/case), and 4.5 gallon pails (3M ID 98-0400-5510-9, 1/case). For additional technical and purchasing information regarding this and other 3M Fire Protection Products, please call: 1-800-328-1687 or visit www.3m.com/lirestop. Safe Handling Information Consult coulat-Y-of- use MalerialSakry Data Sheet (MSDS) prior to handling and disposal. Building and Commercial Services Division 3M Center, Building 223-2N-21 St. Paul, MN 55144-1000 USA 1-800-328-1687 www.3M.com/firestop Important Notice to User: Technical Information: lire technical irdorniufina, recommendations and oilier statements contained in this document are based upon tests or espariorice that 3M heteves are reliable, but the accuracy or completeness at such Information is aol guaranteed. Product Use: Many factors beyond 3M's control and uniquely within user's knowledge arid control can affect die true and Iredormairen at a 3M product in a particular application. Given the variety of factors that cart affect thu use sort perlrmrmnunce 01 a 31-A pnndact, user is solely responsible for evaluating the 3M product and deterrrnirerig whether it is fit for a particular purpose and suitable for users rnmnfhod of application. Warranty and Limited Remedy: 3M warrants that cacti 3M Fire Protection Product will be free trans defects in inalerial and manafactere for 90 days from the date of parcirase from 3M'.v authorized distributor 3M MAKES NO OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. If a 3M product does riot cnriforrn to this warranty, the sole arid exclusive remedy is, ant 3M's option, reptacenuirt of the 3M product or remind of the purchase price. Limitation of Liability: Except where prohibited by law, 3M will not be liable for any leon or damage arising from the 3M product, wheffier direct, indirect, special, incidental or cornoequeofiul. regardless of the legal theory asserted. Please Recycle. Printed in USA. © 3M 2012. All rights reserved. 3M is trademark of 3M. Used under license in Canada. All 98-0400-5077-9 REV B other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. 1 I I H I 11 I I I I I 1 LI I I I I F! L I I I 3M FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS MATRIX OF UL TESTED AND APPROVED FIRE STOP SYSTEMS EMPLOYED: I Penetrating Item: Assembly: F Rating: System: Product: Metal sprinkler pipe Concrete walls & floors 1,2,3 Hr. CAJ 1427 IC! 5WB or CP25WB+ Annular space 0 to 2" I Metal sprinkler pipe Concrete walls & floors 2 Hr. CAJ 1551 IC! 5WB or CP25WB+ Annular space 0 to 3 7/8 Metal sprinkler pipe Gypsum walls 1,2,3&4 fir. WLI 133 CP25WB+ I with 12" piece e of 2" Fiberglass Insulation Metal sprinkler pipe Gypsum walls l& 2 Hr. WL1296 1C15WB or CP25WB+ I Annular 0 to 2" Metal pipe/conduit Gypsum walls 1,2,3&4 Hr. WLI003 CP25WB+ Annular space 0 to 2-3/8" I Metal Pipes Gypsum walls I & 21-1r. WL1340 ICl5WB or CP25WB+ 450 Angle - Annular 0 to 3 'A" I CPVC Gypsum Walls lllazeMaster Sprinkler Pipes I & 2 Hr. WL-2299 ICl5WB+ Metal Sprinkler Pipe Wood Floor/Ceiling I Hr. FC-I094 ICl5WB+orCP25WB+ Annular Space Zero to I 3/8" I CPVC Sprinkler Pipe Wood Floor/Ceiling 1 Hr. FC-2241 IC15WB+ I I 1 I I Li I I I :. I ARGCO GUARANTEED I .HEADGUAROS FOR PROTECTION OF SPRINKLER HEADS IN INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS (storage racks, low drops, etc.) H ONE PIECE DOUBLE HOOK HEADGUARD Heavy wire construction with latch hooks, exposed for easy installation Available with spot > j welded 4-1/2" baffle plate 4530100: 1/2" IPS (Red) Uj 4530101: 1/2" IPS (Chrome) J) ) 4530102: 1/2" IPS (White) 4530103: 1/2" IPS WI baffle Plate 4530104 314" IPS (Red) I I I I TWO PIECE UNIVERSAL HEADGUARD Red Powder Coated 4530150: 1/2" IPS (Red) 4530150CP: 3/4" IPS (Chrome) 4530157: 314" IPS (Red) 4530153: baffle plate I I I I I fr' j_Jt A14- If 'L \ . L'4±1 RECESSED HEADGUARD HEAT COLLECTOR 4530155 4530158 3'/2" x 3" with 112" IPS hole 0 12" x 12" with 1/2" IPS hole '.- Chrome Plated Steel Construction .040 Aluminum One piece headguard Powder coated white The information contained herein is produced in good faith and is believed to be reliable but is for guidance only. ARGCO and its agents cannot assume liability or responsibility for results obtained in the use of its product by persons whose methods are outside or beyond our control. It is the user's responsibility to determine the suitability of any of the products, methods of use, or preparation prior to use, mentioned in our literature. It is the user's responsibility to observe and adapt such precautions as may be advisable for the protection of personnel and property in the handling and use of any of our products. FOR MORE INFORMATION CALL ARGCO AT 1-800-854-1015 OR LOG ONTO WWW.ARGCO.COM I 3 Head Box Heavy gauge steel construction 12 Head Box (65-10-150) 6 Large Head Box (65-10-151A) (65-10-151) I ARGCO FIRE SPRINKLER SPARE HEADBOXES (65-10-152) Knockouts and shelf to accommodate any 1/2" or 6 Head Box 3/4" sprinkler head All-welded construction and full length hinge Red powder coated finish Slotted for easy mounting with screws, rivets or strapping The information contained herein is produced in good faith and is believed to be reliable but is for guidance only. ARGCO and its agents cannot assume liability or responsibility for results obtained in the use of its product by persons whose methods are outside or beyond our control. It is the users responsibility to determine the suitability of any of the products, methods of use, or preparation prior to use, mentioned in our literature. It is the users responsibility to observe and adapt such precautions as may be advisable for the protection of personnel and property in the handling and use of any of our products. FOR MORE INFORMATION CALL ARGCO AT 1-800-854-1015 OR LOG ONTO WWW.ARGCO.COM 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Specifications Material: .020" aluminum with removable plastic coating Sizes: 6" x 2" x 6" x 7" 9" x 7" 12" x 10" 8.5" xli" 7" Round See current catalog for a full listing of all available signs. I ri F P P I Description Manufactured from .020" white coated aluminum. All sign types are screen printed with a fade resistant red ink. Each sign is shipped with a clear protective plastic coating which can be re- moved at time of installation. Each sign type meets or exceeds NFPA13 requirements. All signs (except 7" round) are drilled in four corners to allow for easy installation. All signs (except 7" round) may be installed with sign chain or with any fastener that is suitable for the material that the sign is being attached. The 7" round bell signs are center drilled to allow for installation directly to the bell gong assembly. Type "A" 9" x 7" Control valve signs are drilled with te same four hole pattern as Type "B" 6" x 2" signs to allow for attachment of Type "B" to Type "A". Installation Installation of aluminum signs is accomplished by several methods. The most common installation procedure is to use #16 Single Jack chain to hang the sign on the area being identified. Since all of the above mentioned signs are predrilled at all four corners, the last link of the chain can be opened and hooked throigh the top holes on the signs and hung on the appropriate valve or piping. The signs may also be fastened to a flat surface with fasteners appropriate to the base material. (The 9" x 7" Fire Alarm Bell sign must be drilled with a /8" hole if it is to be attached directly to the bell gong.) D 3198 LIONSHEAD AVE CARLSBAD, CA 92010 TEL + 1760 599-1168 +1 800 344-1822 FAX + 1800 344-3775 I © 2012 Fire Protection Products, Inc. 77